Professional Documents
Culture Documents
The Fire Code, first introduced in 1974, is a living document which
is periodically reviewed by the SCDF in ensuring that the fire safety
standards keep pace with the changing building landscape and reflect the
needs of the building industry. Its evolution is influenced and shaped by the
local building industrys practices, experiences and architectural heritage
based on feedback which the SCDF had received from QPs through the
consultation sessions, dialogues, and Standing Committee Meetings.
The latest 7th edition of the Fire Code, published in January 2013,
is the result of concerted efforts put in by members of the Fire Code
Review Committee, led by the SCDF. Its members comprise esteemed
representatives from SCDFs stakeholders of professional bodies, academia
and statutory boards namely: SIA, IES, IFE, ACES, REDAS, NTU, NUS, BCA,
LTA, TUV SUD PSB and HDB. The revised code involved many months of
deliberation by the committee members on a slew of changes made in the
past 5 years.
In the process of review, the committee was guided by the need for
a code that not only emphasizes on fire safety but one that is user-friendly,
pro-business and keeps pace with the latest developments. The review
also utilizes research studies based on fire engineering tools to improve
the quality of the Fire Code requirements. One of the key changes of the
code is the incorporation of new fire safety features within buildings to
facilitate the evacuation of persons with disabilities during an emergency
situation.
Prior to the publication of the latest edition of the Fire Code,
the SCDF had already disseminated some of the changes in the code to
the members of the building industry via circulars. These changes were
also discussed and presented in SCDFs recent fire safety seminars. In
addition, to aid the users of the Fire Code to interpret the latest changes
and appreciate their rationale, the Fire Code Handbook, through its rich
diagrammatic illustrations, will be updated by the SCDF by mid 2013 to
reflect these changes.
Through the years, SCDF and its stakeholders have successfully
built sound and reputable fire safety standards in buildings. This is
something which we can all be proud of and a standard we must continue
to upkeep. In essence, we must continue to be nimble and keep abreast of
latest operating environment such as the new building designs which are
increasingly sophisticated in nature, requiring ingenuity, innovation and
creativity to be infused into the building architectural as well as fire safety
building design requirements.
SCDF has and will continue to welcome feedback and suggestions
on the fire safety requirements and I look forward to the building industrys
continued support and stakeholders strong partnership with the SCDF in
periodically reviewing and enhancing the document.
On that note, allow me to place on record my appreciation for the
Fire Code Review Committee for assiduously putting together a robust
and comprehensive 7th edition of the Fire Code. Let us continue to make
Singapore a fire safe city to live, work and enjoy in.
Zba/vi/7
ERIC YAP
COMMISSIONER
SINGAPORE CIVIL DEFENCE FORCE
January 2013
Deputy Chairman
Mr Boo Geok Kwang
Secretary
Maj Cheong Yew Dong
Editor
Mr Tan Eu Seng, Randy
Members
Mr Song Yew Kee
Mr Alfred Cheng Ho Ho
Ms Tan Lily
AC Christopher Tan
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
CHAPTER 1
1.1
GENERAL
The code serves to establish the minimum requirements for
fire safety provisions. It takes into account the function, design,
management, operation, and maintenance of buildings to secure
the life safety of occupants in the event of a fire.
This chapter lists the Appendixes for specific buildings or usage
and the definitions of the commonly used terms in the code.
1.1.1
1.1.1.1
1.1.1.2
1.1.2
0."4:
<<<<\\,\
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
1.1.3
1.1.4
1.1.5
1.1.6
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
1.1.7
1.1.8
1.1.9
1.1.10
1.1.11
0."4:
<<<<\\,\
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
1.1.12
1.1.13
1.1.14
&_.9___
MA. ~V_~
iv!
- M
'
59$
I
ill,
O
s
.0M
1.1.15
1.1.16
1.1.17
Circular dated
15th Nov 2003
Circular dated
15th Apr 2008
Mm
Q
\ _h__
. I
wwhvvvv
Q.\-.'
.01,j
SM A
1.1.19
1.1.20
Circular dated
14th Dec 2008
Circular dated
26th Nov 2008
Circular dated
27th Nov 2008
Circular dated
22nd Feb 2010
$_'
\.\._
W
'.uvV"v%
Q
A
\\_.,
.vvy,~
1.1.23
Circular dated
21st Jan 2011
Circular dated
25th Mar 2011
1.1.26
Circular dated
6th Dec 2011
Circular dated
17th Aug 2012
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
1.1.27
Circular dated
20th Jan 2010
$_'
\.\._
W
'.uvV"v%
Q
A
\\_.,
.vvy,~
1.2
DEFINITIONS
1.2.1
The abbreviations listed in the following table are used in this Code:
Abbreviation
BS
CP
Cl.
NFPA
AS
ISO
SS
ASTM
EN
Abbreviation
Definition
British Standard
Code of Practice
Clause
National Fire Protection Association
Australian Standard
International Organisation For
Standardisation
Singapore Standard
ASTM International
European Norm
1.2.1(A)
1.2.2
Approved
1.2.2(A)
Ancillary office
1.2.2(B)
(a)
Ancillary usage
Table 1.2.1A
Minimum Air-well size
Max. Habitable Height of
Min. Clear width of Air-well
Building
18m
10m
24m
11m
36m
12m
48m
13m
60m and above
14m
0."4:
<<<<\\,\
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(b) In addition, workshop, laboratories (no open flame),
store room, material/product holding area and packing/
distribution area housed within factory or warehouse
buildings are also considered as ancillary use
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
Area of Building
(a) The area of any storey of a building or compartment shall
be taken to be the total area of that storey bounded by the
inner finished surfaces of the enclosing walls or, on any side
where there is no enclosing walls, by the outermost edge of
the floor on that side.
(b) The area of any room or space shall be taken to be the total
area of its floor bounded by the inner finished surfaces of
the walls forming the room or space.
(c) The area of any part of a roof shall be taken to be the actual
visible area of such part measured on a plane parallel to the
pitch of the roof.
(a) In the building under consideration, an area of refuge is
an area adequately separated from the rest of the building
by fire resisting construction (see Cl.3.3 for details), and
evacuees from the rest of the building enter the area of
refuge using an external corridor that links this area to the
rest of the building. An area of refuge may serve as required
exit in lieu of the provisions given under Cl.1.2.24.
(b)
An area of refuge may also be an area in an adjoining building
which is separated from the building under consideration
by fire resisting construction and evacuees similarly enter
this area of refuge using an external corridor.
(c) An area of refuge shall always be accessible.
Area of building
Atrium
Atrium
Area of refuge
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
1.2.6
Basement Storey
(a)
A storey of a building which is below the first storey and the
floor of which is situated at such a level that more than half
the height of such storey is below the level of the ground
adjoining its perimeter walls for more than half the length
of such perimeter walls, and
(b) Where the building has no storey above ground, a storey
the floor of which is situated at such a level that either the
whole storey is below ground or more than half the height
of such storey is below the level of the ground adjoining
its perimeter walls for more than half the length of such
perimeter walls.
Basement
storey
1.2.7
Boundary
1.2.8
Construction provided :
Cavity barrier
(a)
(b)
1.2.9
Ceiling
1.2.10
Circulation
space
1.2.11
Code of
practice
1.2.12
Compartment
0."4:
<<<<\I,\
E 5
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
1.2.13
Compartment wall
& compartment
floor
1.2.14
Concealed space
(cavity)
1.2.15
Corridor
1.2.16
Cubical extent of
building or
compartment
1.2.17
Dead-end
1.2.18
Direct distance
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
1.2.19
Door
1.2.20
Electromagnetic
or electromechanical
device
susceptible to
smoke
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
1.2.21
Element of Structure
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Element of
structure
Emergency
generator
0."4:
<<<<\I,\
E 5
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
Emergency
lighting and
exit lighting
1.2.23
1.2.24
Exit
1.2.25
Exit door
Exit access
1.2.26
Exit passageway
1.2.27
Exit staircase
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
1.2.28
External
cladding
1.2.29
(a)
External exit
staircase
(b)
1.2.30 An exit passageway open to the outdoor air, that serves as a required
exit.
External exit
passageway
External wall
(or side of a
building)
1.2.32
Fire resistance
1.2.33
Fire stop
1.2.34
Fire-fighting
lobby
1.2.35
Flexible joints
and flexible
connections
(a)
0."4:
<<<<\I,\
E 5
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(b)
1.2.35(A) Fire Engine Access Road
An access road to allow a fire fighting appliance to move from one
location to another within a development for fire fighting purpose/
operation. It shall comply with clause 4.2.2.
1.2.35(B) Fire Engine Accessway
1.2.36
Habitable floor
The habitable height is the height measured from the lowest level
of fire engine accessway or access road (applicable to buildings
under Purpose Group II) to the finished floor level of the highest
habitable floor.
Habitable height
1.2.38
Height of
building
1.2.39
High hazard
occupancy
1.2.37
(b)
(c)
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(d)
(e)
1.2.40
Load-bearing
wall
1.2.41
Masonry
1.2.42
Noncombustible
material
(a)
(b)
(c)
1.2.43
Non load bearing wall means a wall which supports no load other
than its own weight.
Non load
bearing wall
1.2.44
Notional
boundary
1.2.45
Occupant load
(a)
':Q
,1.
\I((\.
\.00
1/4.,
\*#-2:-*"
J
,_<<<:\-\(b)
1.2.46
Permitted limit
of unprotected
area
1.2.46(A) Private lifts are passenger lifts which are meant for the exclusive
use of occupants in the building, and are located to open its door
directly into private enclosed spaces. Private lifts shall exclude
vehicle lifts, home lifts and stair lifts.
Private lifts
1.2.47
Protected shaft
1.2.48
Protecting
structure
(a)
(b)
(c)
A roof.
1.2.49
Public building
1.2.50
Purpose group
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
1.2.52
1.2.53
Rooflight
1.2.54
Room
1.2.55
Separated part
(of a building)
1.2.56
1.2.57
Separating wall
Smoke check
door
Smoke-stop
lobby
1.2.51
1.2.58
1.2.58(A) Storey
A storey means any floor or part thereof including platform,
mezzanine, attic level and M&E floor.
1.2.58(B) Tenancy unit refers to an individual unit or subdivided unit within
a building or a compartment, and which is managed by a different
operator registered with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory
Authority (ACRA).
Relevant
boundary
Storey
Tenancy unit
0."4:
<<<<\I,\
E 5
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
1.2.59
1.2.60
Travel distance
an exit staircase, or
an exit passageway, or
an open exterior space,
unless otherwise permitted under this Code as in the case of
hotel bedrooms (Cl.2.7.3), residential apartments or maisonettes
(Cl.2.4.7) and exit to Area of Refuge (Cl.2.2.6(f)).
Where more than one exit is required from a building or portion
thereof, such exits shall be remotely located from each other and
shall be arranged and constructed to minimise the possibility that
more than one can be rendered unusable by any one fire or other
emergency condition.
(a) If two exits or exit access doors are required, they shall
be placed at a distance from one another equal to or not
less than half the length of the maximum overall diagonal
dimension of the building or area to be served, measured in
a straight line between the furthest edges of the exit doors
or exit access doors (see diagram 1.2.60(a)(i) to (v)), subject
to :
(i) If the distance between the 2 exits or exit access doors
is less than half the length of the maximum overall
diagonal dimension of the building or area to be served,
it shall be considered as a one-way escape arrangement;
and
(ii) The separation distance measured in a straight line
between the furthest edges of the doors of the two
exits (exit staircases, exit passageways or exit ramps)
shall not be less than 7m.
Two-way escape
(Remoteness of
exits)
(b)
Reduction in exit
separation
Two-way escape
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(c)
(d)
1.2.61
Exit separation
measured along
exit access
corridor
One-way travel
Unprotected
area
0."4:
<<<<\I,\
E 5
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
1.2.62
1.2.63
Vertical exit
Wall surface
but excluding:
(i) door frames and unglazed parts of doors, and
Table1.2A
1.2AOccupancy
Occupancy Load
Table
LoadTables
Tables
Schedule 2
Purpose Group II
Residential.
Schedule 3.1
Schedule 3.2
Schedule 3.3
Schedule 4
Purpose Group IV
Schedule 5
Purpose Group V
Schedule 6
Purpose Group VI
Schedule 7.1
Schedule 7.2
Community Centres.
Schedule 7.3
Schedule 7.4
Schedule 7.5
Public Libraries.
Schedule 7.6
Religious Buildings.
Schedule 7.7
Schedule 7.8
Schedule 7.9
Schedule 7.10
Schedule 8
18
Table
1.2B
Designation
of Purpose
Groups
Table
1.2A
Occupancy
Load Tables
Purpose
Group
Descriptive
Title
Small residential
II
Other residential Accommodation for residential purposes other than any premises
comprised in Group I to include flats, maisonettes, apartments etc.
III
Institutional
IV
Office
Shop
VI
Factory
VII
Place of public Premises used for social, recreational or business purposes to include
resort
hotels, holiday
resorts, boarding houses, service apartments,
convention centres, private clubs, community centres, museums,
public art galleries, exhibition centres, theatres, cinemas, concert halls,
public libraries, religious buildings, public sports complex, stadium,
public swimming complex, recreational buildings, amusement centres,
eating houses, restaurants, coffee shops, hawker centres, fast food
outlets, bus terminals, train stations, airport and ferry terminals.
VIII
Storage
19
SCHEDULE 2
OTHER RESIDENTIAL
APARTMENTS, MAISONETTES
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
15.0
non-simultaneous
5.0
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 3.1
PURPOSE GROUP-III
INSTITUTIONAL
BUILDING TYPES -
HEALTH-CARE OCCUPANCY
(HOSPITAL, CLINIC & POLYCLINIC)
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area/
Visitors Lounge
Out-patient Waiting Area
non-simultaneous
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
1.5
Admin Offices
Doctors Offices
Nursing Station
Staff Lounge
10.0
10.0
10.0
3.0
Consultant/Treatment/
Examination Room
Therapy Centre
Operation Theatre
Surgical Viewing Gallery
Patient Accommodation
5.0
Intensive Care
Room (max 2 beds)
Ward
10.0
7.5
3.0
20.0
10.0
10.0
Laboratories
Pharmacy
20.0
20.0
Kitchen/Housekeeping
Laundry*(1)
Toilet/Locker/ Changing Room
10.0
10.0
non-simultaneous
Storage
Canteen
Restaurant
Shop
30.0
1.5
1.5
5.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 3.2
PURPOSE GROUP-III
INSTITUTIONAL
BUILDING TYPES -
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
Admin Office
Staff Office
Library/Reading Room
non-simultaneous
Stack Area
Reading Area
Common Room
Multi-purpose Room
Student Bedroom
Wardens Accommodation
Sleeping Quarters/ Dormitories
Detention Room
Sick Room
Toilets/Bath/ Changing Rooms
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
5.0
1.5
1.5
non-simultaneous
non-simultaneous
1.5
1.5
10.0
Laundry*(1)
Service Area
Storage Area
Dining/Canteen
10.0
10.0
30.0
1.5
Shop
5.0
30.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 3.3
PURPOSE GROUP-III
INSTITUTIONAL
BUILDING TYPES -
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
non-simultaneous
Admin Office
Staff Office
Class Room
Computer Classroom
Seminar Room
Lecture Room
Library
3.0
3.0
10.0
10.0
Commercial School
Others
1.5
1.5
3.0
Stack Area
Reading Area (School)
(Others)
1.5
1.5
10.0
5.0
5.0
*School/Colleges
Others
1.0
1.5
Stage Area
Viewing Gallery
Design Studio
Laboratories
Workshop
Club/Society Room
Sick Room
Storage Area
Kitchen/Service Area
Toilets/Changing Room
Canteen
Mechanical Plant Room
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
1.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
non-simultaneous
non-simultaneous
1.5
30.0
10.0
1.5
30.0
----
* Where school are provided with both Multi-purpose Hall and Indoor Sport Hall (ISH), the occupancy load for ISH
can be based on 3m/person instead of 1m/person
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 4
OFFICE
BUILDING TYPES -
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
non-simultaneous
Admin Office
Business Centre
Meeting/Seminar Room
Archive/Library
Stack Area
Reading Area
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
10.0
10.0
1.5
10.0
5.0
Filing Room/Store
Computer Room
Design Studio
Drafting Office
Trading Floor
Trading Gallery
Banking Hall
Deposit/Strong Room
Machine/Printing Room*(2)
10.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
2.0
1.5
3.0
30.0
10.0
Restaurant
Canteen
Staff Canteen
Shop
Toilets
Storage Area
Mechanical Plant Room
1.5
1.5
1.5
5.0
30.0
30.0
non-simultaneous
Aboveground or underground
pedestrian linkways with
commercial activities
2.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 5
PURPOSE GROUP V-
SHOPS
BUILDING TYPES -
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby
Fixed Corridors
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
Atrium Floor/Concourse
Exhibition/Promotion Area
non-simultaneous
non-simultaneous
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
3.0
1.5
Shop Floor
Showroom
Supermarket/Bazaar
Department Store
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
Restaurant
Canteen
Cafeteria
Fast Food Outlet
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.0
Admin Office
Toilets/Staff Rest Room
non-simultaneous
10.0
Storage
30.0
30.0
Aboveground or underground
pedestrian linkways with
commercial activities
2.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 6
FACTORY
BUILDING TYPES -
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
non-simultaneous
Admin Office
Meeting/Seminar Room
Library
Stack Area
Reading Area
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
10.0
1.5
10.0
5.0
Workshop
Laboratories
Exhibition
10.0
5.0
1.5
Production Area*(2)
10.0
Packing/Distribution Area
Material/Product
General Storage
10.0
30.0
Multi-purpose Area
Staff Recreation Room
Staff Rest Room
Staff Canteen
Toilets/Changing/ Locker Room
Sick Room
non-simultaneous
non-simultaneous
non-simultaneous
non-simultaneous
non-simultaneous
1.5
1.5
30.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 7.1
BUILDING TYPES -
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
Atrium Floor/Concourse
non-simultaneous
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
3.0
Guestroom/Accommodation unit
Backpacker hotel
Serviced Apartment
Per unit
15.0
Bar/Pub
Discotheque
Night Club
Restaurant
Gross area
Gross area
Gross area
1.0
1.0 (including dine & dance area)
1.5 (including dine & dance area)
1.5
Exhibition/Multi-purpose area
Function/Ball Room
Pre-function Room
Business Centre
Admin Office
Conference Room
Meeting/Seminar Room
Library
Shop
Health Club/Centre/SPA*(3)
Swimming Pool Deck
Swimming Pool
Squash Court
Staff Rest Room
Staff Canteen
Toilets/Changing/ Locker Room
Kitchen/Service Area
Laundry*(1)
Mechanical Plant Room
non-simultaneous
Stack Area
Reading Area
2 per court
non-simultaneous
non-simultaneous
1.5
1.5
10.0
10.0
1.5
1.5
10.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
10.0
1.5
10.0
10.0
30.0
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 7.1
BUILDING TYPES -
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m/person)
Aboveground or underground
pedestrian linkways with
commercial activities
2.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 7.2
BUILDING TYPES -
COMMUNITY CENTRES
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
Concourse
Admin Office
Multi-purpose Hall
Meeting Room
Library
Health/Fitness Room/SPA*(3)
Games Room
Canteen/Cafeteria
Kitchen
Toilets/Changing Room
Storage Area
non-simultaneous
Stack Area
Reading Area
non-simultaneous
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
3.0
10.0
1.5
1.5
10.0
5.0
5.0
1.5
1.5
10.0
30.0
30.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 7.3
BUILDING TYPES -
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
Reception Area
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
Concourse
Admin Office
Reading Area
non-simultaneous
3.0
3.0
3.0
10.0
Archive/Library
Stack Area
Reading Area
10.0
5.0
Exhibition Area
Auditorium/Theatre
1.5
1.5 (For Assembly occupancy, it can be
based on fixed seating for purpose of
computing occupant load)
Storage Area
Shop
Restaurant
Canteen/Cafeteria
Kitchen
30.0
5.0
1.5
1.5
10.0
non-simultaneous
non-simultaneous
30.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 7.4
BUILDING TYPES -
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby/Foyer
Corridors
non-simultaneous
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
3.0
10.0
10.0
by numbers or
non-simultaneous
non-simultaneous
1.5
3.0
1.5
3.0
5.0
5.0
30.0
1.5
1.5
10.0
30.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 7.5
BUILDING TYPES -
PUBLIC LIBRARIES
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Foyer
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
Admin Office
Library Area
Stack Area
Reading Area
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
3.0
10.0
10.0
5.0
Multi-purpose Room
Book/General Storage
3.0
1.5 (For Assembly occupancy, it can be
based on fixed seating for purpose of
computing occupant load)
1.5
30.0
Cafeteria/Snack Bar
Kitchenette
1.5
10.0
Toilets
Mechanical Plant Room
non-simultaneous
30.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 7.6
BUILDING TYPES -
RELIGIOUS BUILDINGS
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Foyer
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
non-simultaneous
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
3.0
Admin Office
Meeting/Seminar Room
Class Room
10.0
1.5
1.5
Prayer Hall/Gallery
Choir Gallery
1.5
1.5
Crematoria
1.5
Mortuary
30.0
Refreshment Area
Kitchenette
Staff Quarter
1.5
10.0
15.0
General Storage
Toilets/Changing Room
Mechanical Plant Room
non-simultaneous
30.0
30.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 7.7
BUILDING TYPES -
PUBLIC SPORTS
COMPLEX.
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby/Corridors
Concourse/Foyer
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
non-simultaneous
Admin Office
Meeting/Seminar Room
Multi-Purpose Sports Hall
Gymnasium
Training Area
Grandstand/Seating Area
Squash Court
COMPLEX,
STADIUM,
SWIMMING
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
3.0
10.0
1.5
3.0
3.5
3.0
1.5
2 per court
5.0
2.5
Restaurant
Cafeteria
Fast Food Outlet
Kitchen
1.5
1.5
1.0
10.0
General Storage
Toilet/Changing Room
PUBLIC
non-simultaneous
30.0
30.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 7.8
BUILDING TYPES -
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
non-simultaneous
Admin Office
Meeting/Seminar Room
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
10.0
1.5
Bowling Alley
1.0
Amusement Park
Billiards Room
1.0
5.0
Skating Rink
Rink Area
Spectator Area
3.0
1.5
Discotheque
Pub/Bar
Karaoke Lounge
Night Club
Gross area
Gross area
Gross area
Gross area
Health Club/Centre*(3)
5.0
Restaurant
Cafetaria/Snack Bar
Fast Food Outlet
Kitchen/Service Area
1.5
1.5
1.0
10.0
Toilet/Changing Room
General Storage
Mechanical Plant Room
non-simultaneous
30.0
30.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 7.9
BUILDING TYPES -
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area
non-simultaneous
Admin Office
Meeting/Seminar Room
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
10.0
1.5
Dining Area
Hawker Centres
Fast Food Outlets
Others
1.5
1.0
1.5
Bar/Pub
Lounge
Kitchen/Service Area
Gross area
1.0
2.5
10.0
Storage Area
Toilet/Changing Room
Staff Rest Room
Mechanical Plant Room
non-simultaneous
non-simultaneous
30.0
30.0
Aboveground or underground
pedestrian linkways with
commercial activities
2.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 7.10
BUILDING TYPES -
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
Concourse
non-simultaneous
Admin Office
Meeting/Seminar Room
Ticketing Office
Business Centre
Passenger Arrival/
Departure Areas/Foyers
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
3.0
10.0
1.5
10.0
10.0
Bus Terminal
Others
1.5
3.0
Restaurant
Cafeteria
Fast Food Outlet
Kitchen/Service Area
1.5
1.5
1.0
10.0
Shop
5.0
non-simultaneous
non-simultaneous
30.0
30.0
Above-ground or underground
pedestrian linkways with
commercial activities
2.0
----
OCCUPANCY LOAD-
SCHEDULE 8
BUILDING TYPES -
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
Reception Area
Lobby/Corridors
Waiting Area/Visitors Lounge
non-simultaneous
OCCUPANCY LOAD
(m2/person)
3.0
3.0
Admin Office
Meeting/Seminar Room
Packaging Area
Goods Storage
General Storage
10.0
1.5
10.0
30.0
30.0
Loading/Unloading Area
4 per Bay
non-simultaneous
non-simultaneous
1.5
10.0
30.0
----
Note:
a)
b)
For building types not included in the above tables, occupancy load calculation shall be based on the
figures established for buildings within the same purpose group, or as otherwise determined by the
Relevant Authority.
*(1)
Laundry Areas equipped with machine operation, occupancy may be calculated at 15.0sq m per person.
*(2)
Production Area whether automated or not , shall be calculated on the basis of 10.0m per person
*(3)
Annex E
Occupant Load Factors for Roof Garden/Roof Terrace/Sky Garden/Sky Terrace
FUNCTIONAL SPACES
REMARKS
3.0
1.5
1.5
Depth/height of
sunken/elevated water feature
(permanent/fixed structure) less
than 300mm
3.0
Depth/height of
sunken/elevated water feature
(permanent/fixed structure)
300mm or more
3.0
5.0
----
Note: When A/A works are carried out at an existing roof garden , roof terrace, sky garden, sky terrace, regardless
whether the A/A works increase the occupant load, QP shall submit plans to SCDF for approval.
Diagram
1.2.17
DEAD-END CORRIDORS
it
!:::::::::'
I.Y
:1
E? -I
\\\\\
Mdx.l5rrw or 20rm
Ksprimkleredj
1%:
um
D1
%
{Q ? I
Dedd erwd corridor mdx. r5m or QOFO [sprrrwk\ered]
c. Example of two common types of dead-end corridors. Both dead-end pockets serve as
traps because travel into them does not lead to an exit; the egress path must be reversed
to reach an exit staircase
37
Diagram
1.2.60(a)(i)toto(a)(iv)
(a)(iv)
Diagram 1.2.60(a)(i)
////
///L
onal
'
/_____2_$"'"
'
Room or area
Minimum Distance = one-half diagonal
Diagram 1.2.60(a)(i)
Diagram 1.2.60(a)(ii)
Q Preferred
55 location of S1
W
Exit
separation
,1
(I)
I.-I
'
1%!
ii! $2
AE
Preferred
location of S2
Lease space
% hr fire
door
*4
1 hour rated 0*
corridor
Diagram 1.2.60(a)(iii)
Diagram 1.2.60(a)(iv)
38
Diagram 1.2.60(a)(v)
Diagram
1.2.60(a)(v)
oooooooooo e]
39
Diagram1.2.60(c)
1.2.60(c)
Diagram
%nr re door
=91
%hr re door
ii
% hr fire rated
4L
enclosure
I I WE IQ
%hr re door
(Not to scale)
Remoteness of exits is measured along 1-hour rated corridor with hour fire doors.
In place of measuring physical distance between exit stair enclosures, distance for
purposes of determining remoteness is permitted to be measured along a protected
corridor.
40
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
CHAPTER 2
MEANS OF ESCAPE
2.1
2.1.1
2.2
GENERAL
The provisions of this chapter of the Code shall serve to express
the intentions for determining the design, construction, protection,
location, arrangement and maintenance of exit facilities to provide
safe means of escape for occupants from all buildings hereafter
erected, altered or changed in occupancy. Areas which are
designated as means of escape, such as exit staircase, fire-fighting
lobby, smoke-stop lobby, exit passageway, escape corridors shall
not be turned into other usage.
DETERMINATION OF EXIT REQUIREMENTS
The determination of exit requirements for a building shall be
based upon the type of use or occupancy of the building, the
occupant load, the floor area, the travel distance to an exit and the
capacity of exits as provided in Table 2.2A and herein. Every storey
of a building shall be provided with exit facilities for its occupant
load. Vertical exits provided from any storey above ground level
may serve simultaneously all storeys above the ground level and
vertical exits provided from any storey below ground level may
serve all storeys below ground level, subject to the provisions of
Cl.2.3.5 which prohibit basement staircases being continuous with
exit staircases serving the upper storeys, unless otherwise allowed
by the Relevant Authority.
General
Mixed
occupancy
2.2.3
Multiple
occupancy or
use
2.2.4
Nonsimultaneous
occupancy
2.2.1
2.2.2
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
2.2.5
Capacity of exits
and exit facilities
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Determination of
travel distance
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(g)
(h)
Ancillary office
within other
Purpose
Groups
2.2.7
(b)
(c)
2.2.8
2.2.9
Minimum
width
A single leaf swing door along the means of egress shall not
exceed 1250mm in clear width
Maximum
width
Measurement of
width
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
(ii) In the case of an exit door having 2-leaf and fitted with
an approved automatic flush bolt, the clear openings
shall be measured between the surface of one leaf to
the other door leaf when opened at an angle of 90
degrees; and
(iii) If one of the door leaves is bolted to the door frame and/
or floor by a manually operated bolt, this door leaf shall
not be considered for the purpose of determining the
exit capacity of the door.The opening of the other door
leaf shall have a clear width of not less than 850mm,
measured between the edge of the bolted door leaf and
the surface of the other door leaf, when opened at an
angle of 90 degrees;
(iv) Door hardware and handrails which do not protrude
more than 80mm into the clear width of exit opening
can be ignored.
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
2.2.10
Number of
exits from
rooms and
spaces
Maximum Occupant
Load with One Door
25
50
50
High Hazard
Patient accommodation area
Classrooms
Godowns, stores, and factories not
50
being of high hazard type
Assembly
50
Rooms and spaces with occupancy of more than 50 persons shall
comply with the requirements for `Number and Width of Exits'
under Cl.2.8.2 for Assembly Occupancy.
Note:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
2.2.11
Number of exit
staircases or
exits per storey
2.2.12
All exits and access facilities shall be required to comply with the
following:
Location of
exits & access
to exits
(a)
(b)
(c)
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
2.2.13
Smoke free
approach to exit
staircase
(a)
External
approach
(b)
Smoke-stop
lobby
&_.9___
MA. ~V_~
iv!
- M
'
59$
I
O
s
.0M
ill,
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
(c) Exception:
(i) The omission of smoke-stop lobby required under
Cl.2.2.13(b) to exit staircase of any building exceeding
4 storeys is allowed under the following situations,
provided the door opening into the exit staircases
shall be at least 1-hour fire resistance and fitted with
automatic self-closing device to comply with the
requirements of Cl.3.9.2:
(1) where the internal exit staircase is provided with
pressurization up to a habitable height of 24m in
compliance with the requirements of Chapter 7;
(4) in an open-sided car park floor where crossventilation is provided. Under this situation, the
fire door to the exit staircase can be -hour fire
rated.
(3) where the exit staircase is designated as firefighting staircase adjacent to a fire lift as required in
Chapter 6.
Omission of
smoke-stop
lobby is
allowed
Omission of
smoke-stop lobby
is not allowed
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
2.2.14
(b)
2.2.15
(c)
Smoke free
approach in
basement
Area of refuge
and exit
reduction
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
(c)
(d)
(e)
2.3
2.3.1
(b)
General
Location of the
signage
Colour of the
signage
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
2.3.2
Exit passageways
(a)
Exit passageways that serve as a means of escape or required
exits from any building or storey of a building shall have the
requisite fire resistance as specified under Cl.3.3.
(b) Internal exit passageway
(i) an internal exit passageway which serves as required
exit of the building shall be enclosed with construction
complying with the provisions of Cl.3.3, and
(ii) the enclosure walls of an exit passageway shall have
not more than two exit doors opening into the exit
passageway, and
(iii) exit doors opening into an exit passageway shall have
fire resistance rating as required for exit doors opening
into exit staircases, fitted with automatic self closing
device and complying with the requirements of Cl.3.9.2
for fire resisting doors, and
(iv) the minimum width and capacity of exit passageway
shall comply with the requirements as provided in
Table 2.2A, and
(v) changes in level along an exit passageway requiring
less than two risers shall be by a ramp complying with
the provisions under Cl.2.3.8, and
(vi) if the exit staircase which connects to the internal
exit passageway is pressurised, the internal exit
passageway shall not be naturally ventilated but shall
be mechanically ventilated, and it shall be pressurised
to comply with the requirements in Chapter 7.
(c) External exit passageway:
(i) an external exit passageway can be used as a required
exit in lieu of an internal exit passageway. The external
wall between the exit passageway and the rest of the
floor space can have ventilation openings of non
combustible construction, fixed at or above a level
1.8m, measured from the finished floor level of the
passageway to the sill level of the openings and such
ventilation openings shall be located not less than 3m
from any opening of an exit staircase, and
Fire resistance
Internal exit
passageway
External exit
passageway
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
2.3.3
(d) Ventilation
(i) all internal exit passageways shall be naturally ventilated
by fixed ventilation openings in an external wall, such
ventilation openings being not less than 15 per cent of
the floor area of the exit passageway, and
(ii) internal exit passageways that cannot be naturally
ventilated shall be mechanically ventilated to comply
with the requirements in Chapter 7.
Ventilation
Exit Staircase:
(a)
Internal Exit Staircase
Internal exit
staircase
Unprotected
Openings
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(iv) Exception
Single storey
basement
car park
Standalone car
park
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
(b)
External exit
staircase
&_.9___
MA. ~V_~
bu!
- M
'
59$
I
.!l
O
s
.0M
Exception
(c)
Discharge
Mm
Q
\ _h__
. I
wwhvvvv
Q.\-.'
.!lj
SM A
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
I
My
J
M
(d)
Winders
Treads for
circular staircase
Handrails
Ventilation
Pressurisation
Q
WNW_
M.Shr
'0
M
_
uhvvvv
Ill!
(h)
2.3.4
2.3.5
Scissor Exit Staircase
(a) Where two separate internal exit staircases are contained
within the same enclosure, each exit staircase shall be
separated from the other by non combustible construction
having fire resistance for a minimum period equal to that
required for the enclosure, and
(b) Such scissor exit staircases shall comply with all applicable
provisions for exit staircase, and
(c)
Door opening into scissor exit staircases shall be at least 7m
measured as travel distance between the two closer edges
of the staircase doors, and
(d) Where there is only one pair of scissor exit staircases, the
door opening into scissor exit staircases shall be spaced at
least 1/3 the diagonal dimension of the area to be served in a
sprinkler protected building and the diagonal dimension
in a non-sprinkler protected building in accordance with
Cl.1.2.60, and
(e) The ventilation openings of each staircase shall be located
on alternate storeys if such openings or windows are serving
both staircases on the same wall.
Basement Exit Staircase
(a) Any exit staircase which serves a basement storey of a
building shall comply with all the applicable provisions for
exit staircase, and
(b) Such exit staircase shall not be made continuous with any
other exit staircase which serves a non basement storey of
the building, and
Scissor exit
staircase
Basement
exit staircase
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
I
My
J
M
(c)
(d)
2.3.6
Separate
protected
shaft
Upper storey
staircase
continues into
basement
Entry at
basement
Barrier
Smoke-stop
lobby
Signages
Hardwood
staircase
Apartment or
maisonette unit
within
residential
building
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
2.3.7
2.3.8
Spiral Staircase
(a) Spiral staircases shall not serve as required exits except
that external unenclosed spiral staircases when built of non
combustible materials and having a tread length of at least
750mm may serve as required exits from mezzanine floors
and balconies or any storey having an occupant load not
exceeding 25 persons, and
(b) Such spiral staircases shall be not more than 10m high , and
(c) Spiral staircase shall not be designed as the sole means of
escape for buildings under Purpose Group I and maisonettes
and penthouses for buildings under Purpose Group II.
Internal and external exit ramps may be used as exits in lieu of
internal and external exit staircases subject to compliance to the
applicable requirements of Cl.2.3.3. and to the following:
(a)
The slope of such exit ramps shall not be steeper than 1 in
10, and
(b) Exit ramps shall be straight with changes in direction being
made at level platforms or landings only, except that exit
ramps having a slope not greater than 1 in 12 at any place
may be curved, and
(c) Platform
(i) level platforms or landings shall be provided at the
bottom, at intermediate levels where required and at
the top of all exit ramps, and
(ii) level platforms shall be provided at each door opening
into or from an exit ramp, and
(iii) the minimum width of a platform or landing and length
shall be not less than the width of the ramp, except that
on a straight run ramp, the length of the level platform
or landing need not be more than 1m, and
(d) Exit ramps shall have walls, guards or handrails and shall
comply with the applicable requirements of Cl.2.3.3(d) for
exit staircases, and
Spiral staircases
Exit ramp
Slope
Changes in
direction
Platform
Guards and
handrails
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
I
My
J
M
(e)
(f)
2.3.9
(g)
Surface
the
Ventilation
Enclosure
exemption
Exit doors and exit access doors shall comply with the following:
(a) Exit doors shall be capable of being opened manually,
without the use of a key, tool, special knowledge or effort
for operation from the inside of the building; (not applicable
to buildings under Purpose Group I & II) and
(b) Exit doors which are required to have fire resistance rating
shall comply with the relevant provisions for fire resisting
doors under Cl.3.9.2; and
(c) Exit doors and exit access doors shall open in the direction
of exit travel:
(i) when leading to an area of refuge, exit and exit
passageway, or
(ii) when used in exit enclosure, including smoke-stop and
fire-fighting lobbies in a building. It shall not apply to
doors of individual residential units that open directly
into an exit enclosure, or
(iii) when serving a high hazard area, or
(iv) when serving a room or space with more than 50
persons, and
(d) (i) Exit doors opening into exit staircases and exit
passageways shall not impede the egress of occupants
when such doors are swung open, and
(ii) All doors which open into the corridor shall not
hinder movement of occupants. The corridors clear
width shall at least remain to be half of the required
clear width as stipulated under Table 2.2A when such
door(s) is swung open.
Door swing
Exit door
opening
Door opening
into corridor
W,._\d___
M.Shr
_ Q
_ M.
%
kM
':l"
.\\\
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Q
MMN
Ill!
Vision panel
Side-hinged or
pivoted swing
door
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
I
My
J
M
Note:
2.3.9(c)(i) - when leading to an area of refuge, exit and exit
passageway, or
2.3.9(c)(iii)- when serving a high hazard area
Manually operable sliding doors or roller shutters shall be
capable of being opened and closed manually from either
side of the door. The maximum door opening force shall be
30N at 0 degree and 20N at 30 degree opening.
(i) Manually operable sliding door or roller shutter that
can remain in closed position during the period of
occupation is permitted at rooms or spaces with
occupant load not exceeding 50 persons.When opened,
it shall not reduce the effective width/height of the
doorway leading to the escape route. Sliding door or
roller shutter is allowed within rooms or spaces that
serve more than 50 persons provided it shall remain in
the full open position during the period of occupation.
A readily discernible sign with the lettering THIS
DOOR TO REMAIN OPEN WHEN THE BUILDING IS
OCCUPIED shall be permanently pasted on both
sides of such sliding door or roller shutter at a height
of 1.4m from the finished floor level. The lettering
shall be 25mm in height and painted in white on a red
background with reflective surface, or
(ii) Wicket door shall be permitted to be incorporated
within a roller shutter or sliding door. The wicket door
shall be of the swing type having a minimum head height
of 2m and a clear width of not less than the required
door clear width. The wicket door shall comply with
all the requirements of exit access door, and be clearly
marked and readily visible so that the occupants can
readily see where the door is. It should be fitted only
with simple fastenings that can be manually operated
for ease of escape, or
(iii) A sliding door which can be swung open shall swing in
the direction of escape travel when a certain horizontal
force is applied to the door. When the sliding door is
converted to a swing door, it shall comply with all the
requirements of an exit access door. The maximum
door opening force shall be 30N at 0 degree and 20N
at 30 degree opening. A readily visible sign with the
letterings IN EMERGENCY, PUSH TO OPEN shall be
affixed onto the door, or
Manually
operable
sliding doors/
roller
shutters
Wicket door
Sliding door
with swing-out
feature
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
Power operated
sliding doors/
roller shutter
Fail-safe type
Manual override
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
I
My
J
M
(j)
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
(l)
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
I
My
J
M
2.4
2.4.1
RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCY
Means of escape for a building or a separate part of a building of
single occupancy of Purpose Group I can be provided via access
staircases, and exit staircase under the provision of Cl.2.3 is not
required.
Residential
buildings of
Purpose
Group I
2.4.2
Residential
buildings of
Purpose
Group II
2.4.3
No of exit
staircases or
exits per
storey
Provision for
buildings not
exceeding 24m
in habitable
height
2.4.4
(a)
(b)
(c)
2.4.5
(b)
The single exit staircase shall serve not more than four
apartments or maisonettes at each storey level, and
(c)
Provision for
buildings
exceeding 24m
in habitable
height
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
2.4.6
(d)
(e)
(f)
Approach to the exit staircase shall be through crossventilated lobby. The ventilation openings having a minimum
width of 2000mm and a minimum height of 1200mm
shall be unobstructed from parapet wall or balustrade
level upwards and be positioned on opposite sides of the
lobby such that they provide cross-ventilation throughout
the entire space of the lobby. Where multiple ventilation
openings are provided on opposite sides of the lobby, the
minimum width and height of each opening shall not be
less than 1000mm and 1200mm respectively, provided the
aggregate width of the openings at each opposite side is not
less than 2000mm. See diagram 2.4.5(f).
(g)
(h)
(i)
(b)
(i) the door shall not be located on the upper storey of the
unit; and
(ii) the floor area of the upper storey shall not exceed
60m, unless a separate exit is provided on this upper
storey.
Exits from
residential
unit
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
I
My
J
M
(c)
2.4.7
Travel distance shall be measured from the door or doors of the
residential apartment or maisonette unit. Where a residential
apartment is required to be provided with two doors at the same
storey level, and if only one-way escape or one exit staircase only
is provided, the travel distance shall be measured from the most
remote door. If two-way escape is achieved, the travel distance shall
be measured from each of the doors.
2.4.8
2.4.9
Travel Distance
(a)
In a block of residential apartment or maisonette where the
means of escape is through an external corridor, the one way
travel distance measured from the door of the apartment or
maisonette to exit staircase shall not exceed 20m or 24m
if the aggregate one-way travel distance within the unit
and along the external corridor does not exceed 40m. The
above one-way travel distances along the external corridor
shall not apply to residential apartments or maisonettes in a
building exceeding 24m permitted under Cl.2.4.5, and
Measurement
of travel
distance
Smoke-free
approach to
exit staircase
One-way travel
distance
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
2.4.10
(b)
(b)
Two-way travel
distance
Protection of
staircases
2.4.11
Residential
doors opening
into external
corridors
2.4.12
Attic floor
2.4.13
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
I
My
J
M
2.5
2.5.1
(a) Hospital
A building used for medical and surgical care and shall
include general hospitals, hospitals for psychiatric care,
children's hospitals, with 24 hours or in patient service.
(i) Basement
General
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
I
My
J
M
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
I
My
J
M
WL
.M:
_\_Q
LVVvv%
(ix) Staircase landing width/depth
(1) Exit staircases that serve patient accommodation
floor and are to be used by patients in an emergency
fire situation shall be designed to allow evacuation
of patients on mattresses or stretchers.
Table 2.5.1(a)(viii)(2)
MIN
MIN
STAIR
LANDING
LANDING
WIDTH
WIDTH
DEPTH
1000
2800
1900
))) Allows mattress or stretcher
evauation only (ie no
pedestrian passing).
1250
2800
1900
))) Allows mattress or stretcher
1500
3200
1550
evacuation and restricted
ambulant passing.
1750
3600
* 1350
))) Allows mattress or stretcher
2000
4000
* 1250
evacuation and ambulant
passing.
(b)
hvvh
\\\
\.
L
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
I
My
J
M
(c)
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
(e)
2.5.2
Number of doors
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
2.5.3
2.6
2.6.1
(d)
(e)
Number of exit
staircases or
exits per storey
Q
WNW_
M.Shr
'0
M
_
uhvvvv
Ill!
2.6.2
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
2.7
2.7.1
Mezzanine floor
Internal corridor
to guestroom or
accommodation
unit
(a)
Guestroom or
accommodation
unit
(b) Doors opening into internal corridors shall have fire
resistance of at least half an hour and fitted with automatic
self-closing device to comply with the requirements of
Cl.3.9.2, and
(c) Internal corridors shall be naturally ventilated with fixed
openings in an external wall, such ventilation openings
shall comply with Cl.2.2.13(i) & (iv), and internal corridors
which cannot be naturally ventilated shall be pressurised
to comply with the requirements in Chapter 7.
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
2.7.2
2.7.3
2.7.4
(d)
External
corridor
Measurement
of travel
distance
Spacing of
smoke barrier
WNW hvvh
Q
4':
W0
W
9
.\
L :
LVVvv_%
(d)
(e)
(f)
2.8
2.8.1
\\
\.
L
Vision panel
ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY
Assembly Occupancy include all buildings or portions of buildings
used for gathering together of more than 50 persons for such
purpose as deliberation, worship, entertainment, eating, drinking,
amusement or awaiting transportation.
General
2.8.2
Min No of Doors
2
2
3
4
Min width
of corridors
1000 mm
1250 mm
1250 mm
1250 mm
Number and
width of exit
facilities
$_'
\.\._
W
'.uvV"v%
Q
A
\\_.,
.vvy,~
2.8.3
(b)
Gangway on two
sides
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
Limited by the
travel distance
(c)
Aisles and
gangways
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
2.8.4
(e)
flooring for the surface of steps and ramps forming the aisles
or gangways shall be finished using non slip materials, and
(f)
(g)
(a)
(b)
(c)
Combustible
seats
Exits from
a theatre,
cinema or a
concert hall
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
2.9
2.9.1
2.9.2
2.9.3
WORKERS DORMITORIES
Dormitories
(b)
(c)
(d)
(d)
Size
Occupant load
No of exit
staircases or
exit per storey
Maximum
travel distance
Internal
corridor to
dormitory
bedrooms
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
2.9.4
2.9.5
(e)
(f)
(g)
(b)
(c)
Entry into an exit staircase from any part of a building of more than
4 storey above ground level shall comply with requirements of
Cl.2.2.13 - requirements of smoke free approach to exit staircase.
Pressurisation of staircase in lieu of the provision of smoke-stop
lobby is not permitted.
2.10
2.10.1
2.10.2
External corridor
Smoke-free
approach to exit
staircase
Exit lighting
Exit and
directional sign
&_.9___
MA. ~V_~
iv!
- M
'
59$
I
O
s
.0M
2.10.3
(b)
(c)
ill,
Where a door opening is divided by mullions into two or more openings, each such opening shall be measured separately in computing the number of units of exit width.
Refer to Cl.2.8.2.
Measurement of travel distance is from the residential unit door to exit . see Cl.2.4.7.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
86
See Cl.2.3.8.
(d)
0.9
1.2
See Cl.2.3.9.
0.9
1(i)
(c)
NR
50
1.2
1.2
1.2 (h)
1(a)
2(b)
1.2
Applies to corridors serving patients. Other corridors shall have a minimum of 1.2 metre.
NR
30
50
1
1
1(h)
1
1
(b)
NR
40
45
100
100
100
100
30
Corridors
1.2
1.2
Applies to corridors serving classrooms. Other corridors shall have a minimum width of 1.2 metre.
NR
50
50
60
60
60
60
15
1
1
Stairs
(a)
NR
75
60
80
80
80
80
30
50
100
Ramps Corridors
Exits Passageways
(d)
30
45(j)
NR
60
100
100
100
100
30
Staircases
30
60
(f)
(v)
Min Width
(m)
(x)
30(g)
40(j)
NR
15(g)
20(j)
NR
30
60
75
60
60
45
Door opening
(c), (d) & (e)
To outdoors Other exit
at ground
& corridor
level
doors
50
40
100
80
(iv)
Capacity
No of persons per unit of width (x)
20
15
25
30
25
25
25
15
15
15
15
15
45
45
45
45
30
Unsprinklered
20
30
Sprinklered
20
25
Unsprinklered
10
15
Sprinklered
35
60
(iii)
Max Travel
Distance (m)
(Two-way Escape)
(ii)
Max Travel Distance (m)
(One-way travel)
NR
High hazard
Industrial buildings (factories,
workshops, godown/warehouse)
Shops
Offices
Places of public resort & carparks
Schools & educational buildings
Hospitals
Hotels, Boarding Houses, Serviced
Apartments, Hostels, Backpackers
Hotel, Dormitories
Blocks of flats/maisonettes (k)
Type of Occupancy
(i)
NR
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
Unsprinklered
15
15
NR
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Sprinklered
20
20
Corridors
(vi)
Max Dead End (m)
Diagram2.2.9(b)
2.2.9(b)
Diagram
\/Vo\|
\/\/oH
90 degreeq
Cleor vvidrh
r
F50 degree
\/\/ol\
90 degree?
2 LEAF DOOR
SeouerwTio\ door o\oser sho\| be provided To borh \eoves
T6
\/\/QH
Cleor \/vidrh
>
F92 deg
\/\/OH
90 degree?
(Not to soae)
MULTI-LEAF DOOR
Seduerrriol door doser srwo\\ be provided To borh \eo\/es
87
Diagram
2.4.5(f)
Diagram 2.4.5(f)
YW
Q m OQ
88
Diagram
Diagram2.4.6(a)
2.4.6(a)
UWW
|:|
\:|
EX
Lobby
Kirohen
Bedroom 2
Bedroom 1
/V\o er
bdroorn
Legend
4+
Travel distance from any point within unit to the exit door (max. 20m)
89
Diagram
2.4.10
Diagram
2.4.10
Exit Staircase
For residential apartment or maisonette
4%
\/\/iiTd@\N
\/\/iyqd@\/V
ii.
Poropei \/voii
Unit B
Unit A
i
i
Window
1i
I i /I
ii
Poropei \/voii
v
90
_>>wag
> O_
_E__O_OC
_E _ >_E
6
Eown
bmgmwwE
52>
mg>mc5:5
mm_:58bEm_gCEm_oc_>m_mWgm>$wa
mg2:0gm
go:0
CO>>mCNmWGEMGCO
>_CO
U_O2/
mC>>9_g
_>gBU
_w0_ UC_ > _L_E 6U
_\
*0
E
Es
B
CUQNUMQ
8CMO:C/
_OB2w_U _
3..
..Q
EI I ,>I I
@.....
commm_E. . _. . _Cow6
.0
\
gm
mN
4
@E>>O::I_E%_
MWN
Egw
(_N
XEa
_mN_vO2>O_
\
BQ50_heE3E_C_ >_
W
\ __Sm
E----I0
-mwm
MN
---__
"
\
_ Omm
\
EIA6gg
I IWI I
ow\|gG|(|m
8_
w
EmQ
E-I- .- I.- _
O3
/
Co _wmwww
_H-. . . . . .-
Diagram 2.8.3(a)(ii)
(1)
Diagram
2.8.3(a)(ii)-(1)
mgS
mEmcmm
I I I I I I lag
91
O0
EmB
U2rmz_mH:_9_Uwm|_
H6
Diagram
2.8.3(a)(ii)-(2)
Diagram 2.8.3(a)(ii)
(2)
|Li_i
M3 y
___gm?
_|iJ
W/x
i%
W
I|
__m
m__mm__
_N
Xli_
____
_'_'_'Hl
_: LllI__lll_l lf|lI LI|IIT
___
Seatway widths should be not less than 300mm and should be constant throughout
the length of the row.
92
m_
%o__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
CHAPTER 3
GENERAL
3.1.1
General
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
(b)
(a)
Compartment
size-floor area
& cubical
extent
Cubical extent
for compartment exceeding
4m in height
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
3.2.3
3.2.4.
(b)
Cl.3.2.6,
Cl.7.5
(b)
(c)
Exception to
Cl.3.2.1
and
Compartmentation by Height
(a) In any compartment except those mentioned under
sub-clause 3.2.4(c), up to a habitable height of 24m, no
compartment shall comprise more than three storeys. This
requirement can be relaxed for Atrium spaces provided
the design of such spaces complies with the conditions
stipulated under Cl.3.2.6.
Where two buildings are connected by external opensided covered way or covered link-bridge, the buildings are
considered as separate buildings, if the following conditions
are complied with:
Compartmentation by
height
Single household
dwelling
m_
%o__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
3.2.5
Other cases
requiring
compartment
walls &
compartment
floors
(a)
Purpose
group II
(b)
(c)
Any floor immediately over a basement storey if such storey(i) forms part of a building of Purpose Group I which has
five or more storeys (including the basement storey)
or a building or compartment of Purpose Group II to
VIII. In the case of Purpose Group I building which has
five or more storeys (including the basement storey),
the basement level shall discharge directly to 1st storey
grade level.
Separation of
purpose groups
Floor over a
basement
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(d)
Basement floors
(e)
Fire Command
Centre
(f)
Kitchen Separation
m_
%o__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(g)
Separation by
proscenium wall
in theatres or
concert halls
m_
%o__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
Guestroom or
accomodation
unit
Workers
dormitories
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(k)
(l)
Separation
of motor vehicle
workshop
Separation of
spray painting
room
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(p)
Store room
Areas of special
high risk in a
building
Tenancy unit
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
(q)
(r)
3.2.6
3.2.7
Warehouse
The Relevant Authority may consent to modify the requirements
under Cl. 3.2.1 and 3.2.4(a) of this Code for the design of 'Atrium
spaces' in a building provided the following conditions are
complied with :
(a)
The minimum plan area of the Atrium void shall be not less
than 93m and no horizontal dimension between opposite
edges of the floor opening is less than 6m wide; and
(b) Occupancy within the floor space of the Atrium meets with
the specification for low or ordinary hazard content; and
(c)
The atrium is open and unobstructed in a manner such that
it may be assumed that a fire in any part of the space will
be readily obvious to the occupants before it becomes a
hazard; and
(d) The building is fitted throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system to comply with the requirements in
Chapter 6; and
(e) The building is fitted with an engineered smoke control
system in accordance with Cl.7.6; and
(f) Provision of openings and enclosures, and the planning
of means of escape shall be subject to the approval of the
Relevant Authority.
Buildings of High Hazard Occupancy
(a) The compartment of buildings of high hazard occupancy
shall not exceed one half of the sizes given in Table 3.2A and
each compartment shall comprise one storey only; and
Provision for
atrium spaces
Buildings of
high hazard
occupancy
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(b)
(c)
3.2.8
Exemption from
Cl.3.2.1 on size
limitation of
compartment
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
3.2.9
(ii) No part of the floor space shall be more than 12m from
the openings on the perimeter walls of the building or
air-well. Air-well where provided for this purpose shall
have a superficial plan area of not less than 10m, or
0.1m for every 300mm of height, whichever is greater,
and have a minimum dimension on plan of 2000mm,
open vertically to the sky for its full height.
3.3
3.3.1
Minimum periods
of fire resistance
Exemption for
non loadbearing
external walls
3.3.2
(a)
(b)
Exemption for
steel structures
for standalone
carpark
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
3.3.3
Exemption for
single storey
buildings
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
3.3.4
3.3.5
(b)
Interpretation
and application
of this regulation
Wall separating
residential
apartment or
maisonette
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
3.3.6
Suspended
ceiling
3.3.7
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv) Dry wall shall meet the criteria, in term of impact &
deflection performance, when subject to the test of BS 5588
Pt 5 Appendix A and BS 5234 Pt 2; and
Note : Fire rated boards should not be used to protect structural
steel in areas which may be subject to explosion risks as the
boards may be displaced by the force of the blast.
In buildings under Purpose Groups VI & VIII, where there
may be presence of corrosive atmosphere that may affect
the effectiveness of fire rated board for protection to
structural steel members of buildings, such proposal shall
be subjected to evaluation of the Relevant Authority.
3.4
3.4.1
Fire resistance
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
3.4.2
3.4.3
(b)
"Deem to satisfy"
provisions
Timber floors
EXTERNAL WALL
Requirements of External Walls shall be as follows:
(a)
Requirements of
external walls
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(b)
3.5.2
(a)
(i) if that wall is:
(1) situated 1m or more from the relevant boundary;
and
(3) separated as described in Cl.3.3.4(b); or
(ii) if that wall is situated 1m or more from the relevant
boundary:
(1) of Purpose Group I and II of not more than three
storeys, or
(2) of single storey construction and not exceeding
15m in height and floor area not exceeding
Purpose Group III, IV, VII 3000m2
Purpose Group V, VI 2000m2
Purpose Group VIII 500m2 ;
or
(3) other than single storey buildings, but not
exceeding 7.5m in height and floor area not
exceeding
Exceptions
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(b)
3.5.3
(b)
(i) used solely for the sale, storage and processing involving
goods and substances of a non combustible nature, or
(c)
(d)
Unprotected
areas in any side
of a building
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(e)
3.5.4
(b)
Cladding on
external walls
3.5.5
Reference to
Part I II of
Appendix B
3.5.6
Buildings on
land in common
occupation
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
3.5.7
3.6
3.6.1
Vertical fire
spread
SEPARATING WALLS
Every separating wall shall:
(a) Form a complete barrier in the same continuous vertical
plane through the full height between the buildings it
separates, including roofs and basements and shall be
imperforate except for provisions of openings permitted
under Cl.3.6.2, and
(b) Have the appropriate fire resistance to comply with the
requirements of Cl.3.3, and
(c)
Be constructed of non combustible materials, together with
any beam and column which form part of the wall and any
structure which it carries.
(d) Not include glass fire resisting walls.
(e) Exception
Subclause (a) need not be applied to wall between car
porches of buildings under Purpose Group I. For terracehousing situation, this exception will not apply if the
carporch is spanning from one side boundary to the other.
Requirements of
separating walls
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
3.6.2
(b)
3.6.3
(c)
3.6.4
3.6.5
3.7
3.7.1
A separating wall shall be either carried up to form a close joint
with the underside of a pitched roof of non combustible covering
or carried up above the level of such roof covering. The junction
between such separating wall and roof shall be properly fire
stopped so as not to render ineffective the resistance of such
separating wall to the effects of the spread of fire.
(b)
(c)
Openings in
separating walls
with the
Requirements
of compartment
walls or
compartment
floors
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
3.7.2
(d)
(b)
Openings in
compartment
wall or
compartment
floor
(a)
(b)
3.7.4
3.7.5
Junction with
other structures
Opening in
curtain walling
Where a compartment wall forms a junction with a roof, such
compartment wall shall be carried up to form a close joint with
the underside of the roof and shall be properly fire stopped or shall
be carried up above the level of the roof covering and the junction
between such compartment wall and roof shall be properly fire
stopped so as not to render ineffective the resistance of such
compartment wall to the effects of the spread of fire.
No combustible material shall be built into, carried through or
carried across the ends of any compartment wall or compartment
floor or carried over the top of any compartment wall in such a
manner as to render ineffective the resistance of such wall or floor
to the effects of the spread of fire.
Compartment
wall - roof
junctions
Prohibition of
combustible
materials
&_.9___
MA. ~V_~
iv!
- M
'
ill,
59$
I
O
s
.0M
3.7.6
Noncombustibility
of compartment
walls or floors
3.7.7
Use of fire
shutter
3.7.8
3.7.9
(a)
(b)
Mm
Q
\ _h__
Q.\-.'
. I
wwhvvvv
.01,j
SM A
3.7.10
(c)
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
3.8
PROTECTED SHAFTS
3.8.1
Purpose of
protected shaft
3.8.3
(b)
(c)
Requirements of
protected shaft
Openings in
protected shaft
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
3.8.4
3.8.5
(iii) inlets to and outlets from and opening for the duct, if
the shaft contains or serves as a ventilation duct,
Noncombustibility
of protecting
structures
(b)
3.8.6
Exception :
Ventilation of
protected shaft
Doors in
protecting
structures
(a)
Protected shaft
containing exit
staircase
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
3.8.8
(b)
(i) Drywall shall be non-combustible; and
(ii) Drywall shall have fire resistance for not less than the
relevant period specified in Table 3.3A having regard
to the purpose group of the building of which it forms
a part and the dimension specified in that Table; and
(iii) Drywall shall meet the criteria, in terms of impact and
deflection performance, when subject to the tests of BS
5588 Pt 5 Appendix A and BS 5234 Pt 2; and
(iv) Drywall shall meet the criteria, in terms of water
absorption and bending strength performance, when
subject to the test of BS EN 520 (for gypsum plaster
board) or ISO 1896 (for calcium silicate or cement
board); and
(v) The building shall have at least two independent exit
staircase shafts (scissors staircases are considered as
single shaft).
A protected shaft which contains a lift shall comply with the
following:
(a)
(b)
(i) Drywall shall be non-combustible; and
(ii) Drywall shall have fire resistance for not less than the
relevant period specified in Table 3.3A having regard
to the purpose group of the building of which it forms
a part and the dimension specified in that Table; and
(iii) Drywall shall meet the criteria, in terms of impact and
deflection performance, when subject to the tests of BS
5588 Pt 5 Appendix A and BS 5234 Pt 2; and
Lift shaft
Q
WNW_
M.Shr
'0
M
_
uhvvvv
Ill!
Openings for the passage of lift cables into the lift motor
room located above or at the bottom of the shaft shall be as
small as practicable.
(f)
(g)
Exception:
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(h)
Private Lift
3.8.9
Protected shaft
containing
other services
installations
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
3.9
3.9.1
Omission of
self-closing
devices
Exception
PROTECTION OF OPENINGS
The provisions of this Clause are made in connection with the
protection of openings permitted in elements of structure or other
forms of fire resisting construction required to act as a barrier to
fire and smoke.
Application
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
3.9.2
(d)
(e)
Fire doors
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
3.9.3
(f)
(a)
Pipes
3.9.4
Ventilation ducts
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(b)
(i) fitted with fire dampers at the inlets to the shaft and
outlets from it, and
(c)
3.9.5
Flues
3.9.6
(a)
Services passing
through Fire
Command
Centre, Fire
Pump Room,
Emergency
Generator
Room and
Smoke Control
Fans Room
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
(b)
Services running
inside and/or
passing through
fire-fighting lobby
& smoke-stop
lobby
3.10
EXIT STAIRCASES
3.10.1
Noncombustibility
of structure
3.10.2
The exit staircase shall be separated from other parts of the building
by a masonry structure or drywall complying with Cl.3.8.7(c)
which shall have fire resistance for not less than the period required
by Cl.3.3 for Elements of Structure.
Structure
separating exit
staircase
3.10.3
Doors opening into the exit staircase shall have fire resistance of
at least half an hour and fitted with automatic self-closing device.
Exit doors
3.10.4
Finishes
3.11
3.11.1
CONCEALED SPACES
Concealed spaces in a building shall be interrupted by construction
of cavity barriers to restrict the spread of smoke and flames.
General
provision
3.11.2
Closing the
edges of cavities
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
3.11.3
Interrupting
cavities
3.11.4
Sub-division
of extensive
cavities
3.11.5
3.11.6
(b)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
3.11.7
(b)
(c)
Openings in
cavity barriers
Fire resistance
and fixing of
cavity barriers
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(d)
3.11.8
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
Raised floors
with or without
accessible panels
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(j)
(k)
(l)
3.11.9
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Provision for
concealed
spaces between
floor or roof
and suspended
ceilings
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
3.11.11
Exemption of
cavity barriers
in ceiling space
(c)
Suspended
ceiling over
protected areas
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
3.11.12
3.12
FIRE STOPPING
3.12.1
General
provision
(a)
(b)
3.12.2
(c)
Fire stopping
3.12.3
Materials for
fire-stopping
(a)
(b)
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
3.13
3.13.1
3.13.2
3.13.3
(a)
(b)
Requirements
for Class 0
Requirements
for a class other
than Class 0
classification
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
3.13.4
3.13.5
Class of flame
spread to be
not lower than
specified
Where class of
flame spread may
be of any class
not lower than
Class 3
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(b)
(i) *
3.13.6
(ii) *
Wall and ceiling finishes in the form of thin sheet of not more than
1.0mm thickness mounted on a non-combustible substrate will not
be subject to the requirement of surface spread of flame provisions
provided that this exception shall not apply to smoke-stop/firefighting lobbies, exit staircases and passageways.
Exception
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
3.14
ROOFS
3.14.1
Roof
construction
3.14.2
Provision for
buildings not
exceeding four
storeys
(a)
(b)
(c)
3.14.3
3.14.4 Roof terrace shall not be roofed over. If it is either partially or fully
roofed over, it shall be considered as a habitable floor.
3.15
3.15.1
Roof junction
with separating
wall and
compartment
wall
Roof terrace
.I"4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(b)
Intumescent
Paints
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
3.15.2
3.15.3
Materials used for the protection of openings shall comply with the
relevant provisions of Cl.3.9 of the code for protection of openings.
3.15.4
3.15.5
3.15.6
3.15.7
3.15.8
Materials used for fire stopping shall comply with the relevant
provisions of Cl.3.12.2 and 3.12.3.
3.15.9
3.15.10
3.15.11
0."4:
<<<<\\,\
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
3.15.12
3.15.13
(a)
(b)
3.15.14
3.15.15
The walls and doors shall meet the Class A of the Impact
Performance requirements when subject to test under BS
6206 or AS 2208.
Walls, ceilings, roof covering and finishes shall not contain any
plastic material.
For additions and alterations to existing buildings, non-combustible
partitions shall be used for separation of areas undergoing A&A
works from other occupied areas of the building.
(2)
(3)
Compartments
2000m
7500m
4000m
15000m
2000m
7500m
75
TABLE 3.3A
(Minimum periods of fire resistance)
In this Table cubical extent means the cubical extent of the building or, if the building is divided into compartments, the
compartment of which the elements of structure forms part;
floor area means the floor area of each storey in the building or, if the building is divided into
compartments, of each storey in the compartment of which the element of structure forms part;
height has the meaning assigned to that expression by Cl 3.3.4 (b);
NL means No limit applicable.
PART I
BUILDINGS OTHER THAN SINGLE STOREY BUILDINGS
Minimum period of fire
resistance (in hours) for
elements of structure (*)
forming part of-
Maximum
dimensions
Height
(in m)
(2)
Floor
area
(in m2)
(3)
Cubical
Extent
(in m3)
(4)
Above
ground
storey
(5)
Basement
storey
(6)
I (Small residential)
House having not more than 3-storeys
House having 4-storeys
House having any number of storey
NL
NL
NL
NL
250
NL
NL
NL
NL
1(b)
1
1(a)
1
1
II (Other residential)
Building or part (+) having not more than two
storeys
Building or part (+) having 3-storeys
Building having any number of storeys
Building having any number of storeys
NL
NL
28
NL
500
250
3,000
2,000
NL
NL
8,500
5,500
1(b)
1
1
1
1
1
2
28
over 28
2,000
2,000
NL
NL
1
1
1
2
7.5
7.5
15
28
NL
250
500
NL
5,000
NL
NL
NL
3,500
14,000
NL
1(b)
1
1
1(a)
1
1
1
2
Purpose group
(1)
III (Institutional)
IV (Office)
76
PART I - continued
BUILDINGS OTHER THAN SINGLE STOREY BUILDINGS - continued
Minimum period of fire resistance
(in hours) for elements of structure
(*) forming part of-
Maximum
dimensions
Purpose group
(1)
V (Shop)
VI (Factory)
Height
(in m)
(2)
Floor area
(in m2)
(3)
Cubical Extent
(in m3)
(4)
Above
ground storey
(5)
Basement storey
7.5
7.5
15
28
NL
7.5
7.5
15
28
28
over 28
7.5
7.5
15
28
NL
7.5
7.5
15
15
28
28
over 28
150
500
NL
1,000
2,000
250
NL
NL
NL
NL
2,000
250
500
NL
1,000
NL
150
300
NL
NL
NL
NL
1,000
NL
NL
3,500
7,000
7,000
NL
1,700
4,250
8,500
28,000
5,500
NL
NL
3,500
7,000
7,000
NL
NL
1,700
3,500
7,000
21,000
NL
1(b)
1
2
1(b)
1
2
2
1(b)
1
1
1(b)
1
2
4(c)
4(c)
1(a)
1
1
2
4
1(a)
1
1
2
4
4
1(a)
1
1
1
2
1(a)
1
1
2
4(d)
4(d)
4(d)
(6)
Notes to Part I
For the purpose of Cl 3.3.1 the period of fire resistance to be taken as being relevant to an element of structure is the period
included in columns (5) or (6) in the line of entries which specifies the floor area with which there is conformity or, if there are
two or more such lines, in the topmost of those lines.
(*)
A floor which is immediately over a basement storey shall be deemed to be an element of structure forming part of a
basement storey.
(+)
(a)
The period is half an hour for elements forming part of a basement storey which has an area not exceeding 50 m2
(b)
This period is reduced to half an hour in respect of a floor which is not a compartment floor, except as to the beams
which support the floor or any part of the floor which contributes to the structural support of the building as a whole.
(c)
(d)
Single basement carpark storey, which is sprinklered protected, the element of structure can be reduced to half the
minimum period of fire resistance.
(1)
(2)
140
Purpose group
(1)
Maximum
floor area
(in m2)
(2)
Minimum period
of fire resistance
(in hours) for elements of
structure
(3)
(Small residential)
NL
II
(Other residential)
3,000
III
(Institutional)
3,000
IV
(Office)
3,000
NL
(Shop)
2,000
3,000
NL
1
2
VI
(Factory)
2,000
3,000
NL
1
2
VII
3,000
NL
VIII
500
1,000
3,000
NL
1
2
4(a)
Notes to Part 2
For the purpose of Cl 3.3.1 the period of fire resistance to be taken as being relevant to an element
of structure is the period included in column (3) in the line of entries which specifies the floor area
with which there is conformity or, if there are two or more such lines, in the topmost of those lines.
(a)
This period is reduced to 2-hours for open-sided buildings which are used solely for
carparking.
141
TABLE 3.3B
(Suspended ceilings)
Height of
building
(1)
Less than 15m
Type of floor
(2)
Required fire
resistance of floor
(3)
Description of
suspended ceiling
(4)
NonCompartment
1 hour or less
Compartment
Compartment
1 hour
15m or more
Any
1 hour or less
Any
Any
Ceiling
of
non-combustible
construction and jointless; supports
and fixings for the ceiling noncombustible.
Notes:
(1)
(2)
142
TABLE 3.4A
SPECIFIC PROVISIONS OF TEST FOR FIRE
RESISTANCE OF ELEMENTS OF STRUCTURE ETC
Minimum provisions when tested to BS 476: Part 20-23
(minutes)
Part of building
Stability
Integrity
Insulation
Method of exposure
no requirement
no requirement
exposed faces
no requirement
no requirement
Floors
30
15
15
from underside
(Note 1)
from underside
(Note 1)
each side
separately
15
from inside
*
(max. 60)
*
(max. 60)
*
(max. 60)
from outside
15
from inside
5 Separating wall
*
(min. 60)
*
(min.60)
*
(min. 60)
6 Compartment wall
(a)
(b)
External walls
(a)
(b)
(c)
143
Stability
Integrity
Insulation
Method of exposure
Doors
(a)
in a separating wall
No
Provision
+
(min. 60)
no
provision***
(b)
in a compartment wall if it
separates a flat or maisonette
from a space in common use
No
Provision
30
no
provision***
(c)
in a compartment wall or
compartment floor not
described in (b) above
No
Provision
no
provision***
(d)
in a protecting structure
situated wholly or partly
above the level of the
adjoining ground in a
building used for Flats,
Other Residential, Assembly
or Office purposes
No
provision
30
no
provision***
(e)
no
provision
**
(min. 30)
no
provision***
(f)
no
provision
30
no
provision***
10
30
30
30++
from outside
11
Cavity Barriers
(a) cavity barrier 1m x 1m or
Larger
30
30
15
30
30
no
provision
(c) ceiling
30
30
30
from underside
Modifications
++ No provision for insulation if the casing is more than 50mm from any pipe in the enclosure (except a pipe passing through the
casing).
Notes
*
+
**
***
1
2
Non-combustible
material1
Lead,
aluminium or
aluminium alloy,
or uPVC2
Any
other
material
150
100
40
150
40
Situation
Notes
1)
A non-combustible material (such as cast iron or steel) which if exposed to a temperature of 800
degrees Celsius will not soften nor fracture to the extent that flame or gases will pass through the wall
of the pipe.
2)
3)
i)
Within toilets, wash rooms or external corridors, maximum diameter of uPVC pipes may be
increased to double the size given in the above table.
ii)
Within areas of fire risk, such as kitchens, and adjacent to escape routes, uPVC pipes shall be
enclosed by construction having fire resistance of at least one half hour.
iii)
Where the size of uPVC pipes exceeds that specified under this Clause, approved fire collar
shall be fitted at all positions where such pipes pass through constructions required to act as a
barrier to fire.
145
VIII (Storage)
N/A
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
3*
No control
No control
Room,
compartment
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
3*
No control
No control
Circulation
space
Smoke-stop
/fire-fighting
lobby
Not Applicable
Applies to Detention facilities and Health-care, including hospital, old-aged homes, nursing homes for mentally or physically disabled patients.
VI (Factory)
N/A
3*
V (Shop)
N/A
Smoke-stop
/fire-fighting
lobby
IV ( Office)
N/A
Circulation
space
No control
II (Other residential)
III (Institutional)
No control
Room,
compartment
I (Small residential)
TABLE 3.13A
0
0
0
0
V (Shop)
VI (Factory)
VIII (Storage)
148
Not Applicable
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
3**
No control
No control
N/A
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
3**
No control
No control
Roof support can be of timber construction but not of plastic material. Roof covering shall not be of plastic material
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
3**
No control
No control
Roof covering,
including supports
***
N/A***
N/A***
Applies to Detention facilities and health-care, including hospital, nursing homes for handicapped, disabled, aged or persons with mental and/or mobility impairment.
N/A
Internal non-load
bearing wall and
ceiling within room,
compartment
**
0/1/3
IV (Office)
No control
II (Other residential)
III (Institutional)
No control
Roof covering,
including
supports
I (Small residential)
TABLE 3.13B
2.
..
..
..
1.
149
75
75
75
63
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
180
180
180
125
75
75
75
63
100
100
100
75
4
hours
100
100
100
75
Minimum thickness excluding plaster (in mm) for period of fire resistance of
Loadbearing
Non-loadbearing
2
1
1
4
3
2
1
1
hours
hours
hour
hour
hours
hours
hours
hours
hour
150
150
150
hour
Any material or type of construction or method of mixing, preparing, using, applying or fixing the material as referred to in the table, shall conform with the relevant
provisions of the Building Control Act (Chapter 29) and the relevant Singapore Standard or Singapore Standard Code of Practice in respect of the material or such
matters. In the absence of a Singapore Standard or Singapore Code of Practice on the material or such matters, the relevant British Standard or British Code of
Practice or other accepted Standard or Code of Practice shall be applicable.
(d)
Mansonry construction:
In the case of a cavity wall , the load is assumed to be on inner leaf only except for fire resistance period of four hours.
(c)
A.
(b)
PART 1 : WALLS
Class 1 aggregate means foamed slag, pumice, blast furnace slag, pelleted fly ash, crushed brick and burnt clay products (including expanded clay) well-burnt clinker
and crushed limstone.
Class 2 aggregate means flint gravel, granite, and all crushed natural stones other than limestones.
(a)
In this Appendix:
APPENDIX A to C1 3.4
7.
6.
5.
.
4.
.
3.
A.
180
100
140
100
150
150
150
100
200
200
200
3
hours
200
200
200
4
hours
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
150
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
100
100
150
150
150
100
150
100
100
75
100
170
170
170
170
170
170
100
100
100
75
62
100
100
100
75
75
75
75
75
100
100
100
100
100
75
75
75
62
100
100
100
75
75
75
75
62
100
100
100
100
100
75
75
62
50
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
50
75
75
75
75
Minimum thickness excluding plaster (in mm) for period of fire resistance of
Loadbearing
Non-loadbearing
2
1
1
4
3
2
1
1
hours
hours
hour
hour
hours
hours
hours
hours
hour
75
75
75
62
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
75
75
75
75
hour
9.
10.
11.
8.
A.
140
100
100
150
100
100
3
hours
4
hours
100
100
100
151
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
75
75
75
200
150
150
150
125
75
75
75
75
100
150
150
150
100
75
75
75
100
125
125
125
100
75
75
75
100
100
100
125
125
125
100
Minimum thickness excluding plaster (in mm) for period of fire resistance of
Loadbearing
Non-loadbearing
2
1
1
4
3
2
1
1
hours
hours
hour
hour
hours
hours
hours
hours
hour
75
75
75
75
75
62
125
100
100
75
hour
Period of
fire resistance
(in hours)
Steel frame with external cladding of 16 mm rendering on metal lathing and internal lining of
autoclaved aerated concrete blocks, density 480-1120 Kg/m3 of thickness of
50mm
62mm
75mm
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2.
Steel frame with external cladding of 100mm concrete blocks and internal lining of 16mm gypsum
plaster on metal lathing
...
...
...
...
3.
Steel frame with external cladding of 16mm rendering on metal lathing and internal lining of 16mm
gypsum plaster on metal lathing
...
...
...
4.
2
3
4
4
1
(a)
(b)
(c)
...
(d)
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
2
1
1
(e)
12.5mm plasterboardunplastered
...
...
...
...
with gypsum plaster of thickness of 12.5mm ...
...
...
...
(f)
...
...
...
2
1
1
(g)
19mm plasterboard (or two layers of 9.5mm fixed to break joint) without finish
(h)
19mm plasterboard for two layers of 9.5mm with vermiculite-gypsum plaster of thickness of16mm ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
10mm ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
(i)
(j)
...
...
...
...
2
1
1
...
2
1
Period of
fire resistance
(in hours)
Compressed straw slabs in timber frames finished on both faces with gypsum plaster of thickness of 5mm
...
...
...
6.
7.
(a)
unplastered
...
(b)
(c)
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
unplastered
...
(b)
(c)
8.
9.
Plasterboard 12.5mm bonded with neat gypsum plaster to each side of 19mm plasterboard
...
...
...
...
10.
11.
2
...
...
...
...
...
...
1
...
...
2
75mm
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
50mm
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
12.
Compressed straw slabs, with 75mm by 12.5mm wood cover strips to joints, of thickness of 50mm
Steel frame with external cladding of non-combustible sheets and internal lining of(a)
...
...
(b)
...
...
(c)
(d)
...
...
(e)
...
...
(f)
...
...
...
...
153
...
...
External walls (non-loadbearing) more than 1m from the relevant boundary - continued.
Period of fire
resistance
(in hours)
Timber frame with external cladding of 10mm cement-sand or cement-lime rendering and internal lining of(a)
(b)
...
...
...
...
...
(c)
...
...
(d)
(e)
50mm
...
...
62mm
...
75mm
100mm
...
...
1
1
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3.
Timber frame with external cladding of 100mm clay, concrete or sand-lime bricks of blocks, finished internally
with 16mm gypsum plaster on metal lathing
*4
Timber frame with external cladding of weather boarding or 9.5 mm plywood and interal lining of-
(a)
(b)
...
...
...
...
...
...
(c)
...
...
(d)
(e)
...
...
...
...
...
...
50mm
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
62mm
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
75mm
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
100mm
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
The presence of a combustible vapour barrier within the thickness of these constructions shall not be regarded as affecting these
periods of fire resistance.
154
154
Description
1.
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
65*
55*
45*
35
25
15
280
240
180
140
110
80
2.
(a)
(b)
...
...
...
...
3.
(a)
(b)
beam width
...
...
...
50*
40
30
20
15
15
210
170
110
85
70
...
...
250
25
15
15
15
15
15
...
...
170
145
125
85
60
60
50
45
35
30
20
15
250
200
160
130
100
80
4.
(a)
(b)
beam width
...
...
...
(b)
beam width
...
...
...
...
...
Vermiculite/gypsum plaster should have a mix ratio in the range of 1 - 2:1 by volume.
155
Description
1.
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
2.
...
...
...
...
100*
280
85*
240
65*
180
50*
140
40
110
25
80
...
...
...
...
75*
210
60
170
45
125
35
100
25
70
15
70
...
...
...
...
65
180
50
140
35
100
25
70
15
60
15
60
...
...
90*
250
75
210
50
170
40
110
30
85
15
70
...
...
75*
170
60
145
45
125
30
85
25
60
15
60
...
...
...
...
50
140
45
125
30
85
25
70
15
60
15
60
...
...
...
...
80
250
65
200
50
160
40
130
30
100
20
80
3.
4.
5.
...
...
6.
7.
Vermiculite/gypsum plaster should have a mix ratio in the range of 1 -2: 1 by volume.
156
1.
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
450
400
300
250
200
150
300
275
275
225
225
200
150
150
150
120
150
120
275
225
200
190
150
275
225
200
150
150
2.
...
3.
...
...
...
...
...
300
300
Vermiculite / gypsum plaster should have a mix ratio in the range of 1 - 2:1 by volume.
Type of construction
1.
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
180
150
100
100
75
75
125
100
75
75
65
65
Vermiculite / gypsum plaster should have a mix ratio in the range of 1 - 2:1 by volume.
157
Encased steel stanchions (Mass per metre not less than 45 kg)
A.
SOLID PROTECTION*
(unplastered)
1.
4
hours
3
hours
2
hours
1
hours
1
hours
hours
(a)
50
25
25
25
25
(b)
75
50
50
50
50
100
75
50
50
50
50
75
60
50
50
50
50
38
32
19
12.5
2.
3.
4.
Sprayed vermiculite-cement
B.
HOLLOW PROTECTION++
1.
115
50
50
50
50
2.
75
50
50
50
50
..
..
..
158
Encased steel stanchions (Mass per metre not less than 45 kg) continued
3.
4.
(a)
...
5.
(a)
...
...
4
hours
3
hours
2
hours
1
hours
1
hours
hours
38
25
19
12.5
50
19
16
12.5
12.5
44
19
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
10
16
15
10
10
38
20
13
10
10
Solid protection means a casing which is bedded close to the steel without intervening cavities and with all joints in that casing
made full and solid.
Reinforcement shall consist of steel binding wire not less than 2.3mm in thickness , or a steel mesh weighing not less than 0.48
kg/m2. In concrete protection, the spacing of that reinforcement shall not exceed 150mm in any direction.
++
Hollow protection means that there is a void between the protective material and the steel. All hollow protection to columns
shall be effectively sealed at each floor level.
Light mesh reinforcement required 12.5mm to 19mm below surface unless special corner beads are used.
159
PART
PART
PARTV:V:
V:STRUCTURAL
STRUCTURAL
STRUCTURALSTEEL
STEEL
STEEL- --continued
continued
continued
AA
A
Encased
Encased
Encasedsteel
steel
steelstanchions
stanchions
stanchions(Mass
(Mass
(Massper
per
permetre
metre
metrenot
not
notless
less
lessthan
than
than4545
45kg)
kg)
kg)- -continued
- continued
continued
Minimum
Minimum
Minimumthickness
thickness
thickness(in
(in
(inmm)
mm)
mm)ofof
of
protection
protection
protectionfor
for
fora aafire
fire
fireresistance
resistance
resistanceofof
of- --
Construction
Construction
Constructionand
and
andmaterials
materials
materials
BB
B
444
hours
hours
hours
333
hours
hours
hours
222
hours
hours
hours
111
hours
hours
hours
111
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
6363
63
- --
2525
25
2525
25
2525
25
2525
25
HOLLOW
HOLLOW
HOLLOWPROTECTION*PROTECTION*PROTECTION*-CONTINUED
CONTINUED
CONTINUED
7.7.
7. Vermiculite
Vermiculite
Vermiculite- -cement
- cement
cementslabs
slabs
slabsofof
of4:1
4:1
4:1mix
mix
mix
reinforced
reinforcedwith
withwire
wiremesh
meshand
andfinished
finishedwith
with
reinforced
with
wire
mesh
and
finished
with
plaster
plasterskim.
skim.Slabs
Slabsofof
ofthickness
thicknessofof
of .. ....
.. ....
plaster
skim.
Slabs
thickness
BBB
. ..
Encased
Encased
Encasedsteel
steel
steelbeams
beams
beams(Mass
(Mass
(Massper
per
permetre
metre
metrenot
not
notless
less
lessthan
than
than30kg)
30kg)
30kg)
Minimum
Minimum
Minimumthickness
thickness
thickness(in
(in
(inmm)
mm)
mm)ofof
of
protection
protection
protectionfor
for
fora aafire
fire
fireresistance
resistance
resistanceofof
of- --
Construction
Construction
Constructionand
and
andmaterials
materials
materials
A.A.
A.
1.1.
1.
2.2.
2.
444
hours
hours
hours
333
hours
hours
hours
222
hours
hours
hours
111
hours
hours
hours
111
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
7575
75
5050
50
2525
25
2525
25
2525
25
2525
25
7575
75
7575
75
5050
50
5050
50
5050
50
5050
50
- --
- --
3838
38
3232
32
1919
19
12.5
12.5
12.5
+ (unplastered)
SOLID
SOLID
SOLIDPROTECTION
PROTECTION
PROTECTION+ +(unplastered)
(unplastered)
Concrete
Concrete
Concretenot
not
notleaner
leaner
leanerthan
than
than1:2:4
1:2:4
1:2:4mix
mix
mixwith
with
withnatural
natural
natural
aggregate
aggregate
aggregate- -(a)(a)
(a)
concrete
concrete
concretenot
not
notassumed
assumed
assumedtoto
tobebe
beload
load
loadbearing
bearing
bearing
, ,,
++
++
++
reinforced
reinforced
reinforced
.. ....
(b)
(b)
(b)
concrete
concrete
concreteassumed
assumed
assumedtoto
tobebe
beloadbearing
loadbearing
loadbearing, ,,
reinforced
reinforced
reinforcedinin
inaccordance
accordance
accordancewith
with
withBS
BS
BS5950
5950
5950.. ....
Sprayed
Sprayed
Sprayedvermiculite
vermiculite
vermiculite- -cement
- cement
cement .. ....
.. ....
.. ....
160
160
160
Encased steel beams (Mass per metre not less than 30kg) - continued
B.
HOLLOW PROTECTION*
1.
2.
3.
4
hours
3
hours
2
hours
1
hours
1
hours
hours
38
25
19
12.5
22
19
16
12.5
32
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
(b)
12.5
10
12.5
(b)
16
15
10
10
(c)
32
10
10
(d)
20
13
10
10
161
Encased steel beams (Mass per metre not less than 30kg) - continued
B.
4.
1
hours
1
hour
hour
63
25
25
25
25
50
38
38
38
HOLLOW PROTECTION*
Vermiculite-cement slabs of 4:1 mix reinforced with wire
mesh and finished with plaster skim. Slabs of thickness of
..
..
..
..
Gypsum-sand plaster 12.5 mm thick applied to
heavy duty (Type B as designated in BS 1105: 1972
Wood wool slabs of thickness of
..
5.
4
hours
Hollow protection means that there is a void between the protective materials and the steel. All hollow protection to columns
shall be effectively sealed at each floor level.
Solid protection means a casing which is bedded close to the steel without intervening cavities and with all joints in that casing
made full and solid.
++
Reinforcement shall consist of steel binding wire not less than 2.3mm in thickness , or a steel mesh weighing not less than 0.48
kg/m2. In concrete protection, the spacing of that reinforcement shall not exceed 150mm in any direction.
Light mesh reinforcement required 12.5mm to 19mm below surface unless special corner beads are used.
162
A.
SOLID PROTECTION*
1.
Sprayed vermiculite-cement
..
4
hours
2
hours
1
hours
1
hour
hour
..
..
..
44
19
HOLOW PROTECTION+
1.
..
..
32
22
16
12.5
2.
..
..
19
12.5
3.
22
16
10
10
Solid protection means a casing which is bedded close to the alloy without intervening cavities and with all joints in that casing
made full and solid.
Hollow protection means that there is a void between the protected material and the alloy. All hollow protection to columns shall
be effectively sealed at each floor level.
163
(A)
(B)
hour
modified++
hour
16
16
12.5
Plain edge boarding on timber joists not less than 38 mm wide with ceiling of (i)
(ii)
(iii)
..
..
..
16
(b)
..
..
..
12.5
12.5
vermiculite
..
..
..
..
..
(iv)
..
..
(v)
12.5
(vi)
12.5
(vii)
25
19
(viii)
(ix)
12.5
(x)
16
9.5
..
Tongued and grooved boarding of not less than 16mm (finished) thickness* on timber
joists not less than 38 mm wide ceiling of (i)
(ii)
(iii)
..
..
..
22
16
(b)
..
..
..
12.5
12.5
9.5
(iv)
vermiculite
..
..
..
..
164
..
..
(v)
(C)
1 hour
hour
modified++
hour
..
..
..
12.5
(b)
..
12.5
(vi)
(vii)
22
(viii)
(ix)
..
..
(a)
..
..
(b)
..
10
Tongued and grooved boardings of not less than 21 mm (finished) thickness* on timber
joists not less than 175 mm deep by 50 mm wide and ceiling of (i)
..
..
16
(ii)
..
..
16
(iii)
..
..
9.5
(iv)
..
(a)
..
..
..
12.5
(b)
..
12.5
(v)
(vi)
..
..
19
(vii)
..
..
12.5
(viii)
12.5
(ix)
..
..
..
(b)
..
10
++
The term modified hour refers to the requirements specified in item 3(a) of Table 3.4A
165
Cored slabs in which the cores are circular or are higher than wide.
Not less than 50 % of the gross across section of the floor should
be solid material
Hollow box section with one or more longitudinal cavities which are
wider than high
Upright T-section
166
Solid slab
65*
40
70
150
65*
40
75
150
65*
65
150
150
25
125
190
25
50
230
25
50
190
55*
30
60
150
55*
30
70
150
55*
55
140
150
25
100
175
25
40
205
25
40
175
25
150
mm
mm
25
150
45*
25
50
100
45*
25
60
125
45*
45
115
125
20
90
160
20
40
180
20
40
160
20
125
mm
35
20
40
100
35
20
45
125
35
35
90
125
20
80
140
20
30
155
20
30
140
20
125
mm
25
15
35
75
25
15
40
100
25
25
75
100
15
70
110
15
25
130
15
25
110
15
100
mm
15
10
25
65
15
10
30
90
15
15
60
90
15
50
100
15
20
105
15
20
100
15
100
mm
Floor construction
PART VIII:
Cored slabs in which the cores are circular or are higher than wide.
Not less than 50 % of the gross across section of the floor should
be solid material
Hollow box section with one or more longitudinal cavities which are
wider than high
Upright T-sections
Solid slab
100*
50
110
150
100*
50
125
150
100*
100
250
150
65*
125
190
65*
65
230
65*
50
190
65*
150
4
mm
85*
45
90
150
85
45
100
150
85*
85
200
150
50*
100
175
50*
50
205
50*
40
175
50*
150
3
mm
65*
35
70
125
65*
35
75
125
65*
65
150
125
40
90
160
40
40
180
40
40
160
40
125
2
mm
50*
25
50
125
50*
25
55
125
50*
50
110
125
30
80
140
30
30
155
30
30
140
30
125
1
mm
40
20
45
100
40
20
45
100
40
40
90
100
25
70
110
25
25
130
25
25
110
25
100
1
mm
25
15
30
90
25
15
30
90
25
25
60
90
15
50
100
15
25
105
15
20
100
15
90
mm
Floor construction
PART IX:
PART X: GLAZING
1.
1 hour
hour
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
98.43
Glass , in direct combination with metal , the melting point of which is not lower than 982.2
oC , in square not exceeding 0.015 sq.m. in area
.. ..
Thickness of glass ..
2.
Minimum thickness of
glazing in mm for a period of
..
..
..
..
..
Glass reinforced with wire not less than 0.46 mm in diameter laid to a square mesh
measuring 12.70 mm from centre to centre of wire , and
electrically welded at the intersections , or laid to a hexagonal mesh
measuring 25.40 mm across the flat side ..
Thickness of glass ..
..
..
..
..
..
In windows , doors , borrowed lights , lanterns and skylights , glass complying with
paragraphs 1 or 2 of this Table shall be fixed with wood or metal beads or with a glazing
compound in conjunction with sprigs or clips in panels not exceeding 0.372 sq.m. in area in
timber frames (fixed shut) having a minimum width and thickness of 44.45 mm clear of
rebates
..
3.
4.
Glass reinforced with wire as in paragraph 2 of this Table , in windows , doors , borrowed
lights , lanterns and skylights , fixed with metal beads in panels not exceeding 1.115 sq.m in
metal frames (fixed shut) all metal having a melting point not lower than 982.2oC , the
thickness of glass ..
..
..
..
..
Glass bricks or blocks in walls ..
..
..
..
..
Laid in cement / lime / sand mortar with light wire reinforcing mesh in every third
horizontal joint in a panel not exceeding 2.438 m in width or height set along the sides and
head into recesses in the surrounding non-combustible construction. The depth of such
recessed shall be not less than 25.40 mm , the glass blocks extending into the recesses to a
depth of 12.70 mm and bedded upon layer of glass fibre. A non-hardening mastic shall be
used to fill the spaces between the sides of the recesses and the faces of the panels
In this Table the absence of a figure in a period column indicated that glazing described is not acceptable for the period applicable
to that column.
168
APPENDIX B TO C1 3.5
PART 1
CALCULATION OF PERMITTED LIMITS OF UNPROTECTED AREAS
General rules applicable to this Appendix
1.
The permitted limit of unprotected areas in any side of a building or compartment shall be calculated by reference to the requirements
of Part II.
2.
For the purposes of this Appendix , the expression "unprotected area" has the meaning ascribed to it by C1 1.2.61, but in calculating
the size of unprotected areas or the permitted limit of unprotected areas, the following provisions shall apply (a)
where any area of an external wall is an unprotected area, only because it has combustible material attached to it as cladding, the
area of that unprotected area shall be deemed to be half the area of such cladding;
(b)
when unprotected openings in the same compartment are recessed at a distance or an angle to the plane of reference, the width
of the unprotected opening can be reduced accordingly when projected to the plane of reference based on Table III and IV.
However, such reduction is not applicable to the following:
(i)
(ii)
(c)
Concave building profile or the like where a specific point on the receiving panel receives radiation from more than one
source.
When the unprotected opening is along a continuous circular profile where its size and angle cannot be determine.
(iii)
(iv)
an unprotected area which does not exceed 0.1 m2 and which is not less than 1.5 m from any other unprotected area in
the same side of the building or compartment (unless that other falls within (iii) below);
one or more unprotected areas having an area (or, if more than one, the aggregate area) not exceeding 1 m2 and not less
than 4 m from any other unprotected area in the same side of the building or compartment (except any such area as is
specified in (1) above);
an unprotected area in any part of an external wall which forms part of a protected shaft ;
an unprotected area in the side of a building not divided into compartments , if the area is not less than 28 m above any
ground adjoining that side of the building.
PART II
Rules of calculation by reference to an enclosing rectangle
3.
The conditions of this Part of this Appendix shall be satisfied if a building or compartment is so situated that no point on the relevant
boundary is either between the relevant plane of reference and the side of the building or compartment or at a distance from the
relevant plane of reference which is less than the distance specified in the Tables to this Part of this Appendix , according to the
purpose group of the building or compartment, the dimensions of the enclosing rectangle and the unprotected percentage.
4.
(b)
(c)
enclose all the outer edge of any unprotected area of the building or , if the building is divided into compartments, of the
compartment (other than any of an unprotected area which is at an angle of more than 80o to the plane of reference the outer
edges being for this purpose projected on the plane of reference by line perpendicular to such plane:
have two horizontal sides; and
have height and width falling within those listed in the Tables to this Part of this Appendix:
"unprotected percentage" means the percentage of the area of the enclosing rectangle which is equal to the aggregate of the
unprotected areas taken into account in calculating the enclosing rectangle and as projected on it.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
No limit
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
No limit
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
20
40
50
1.0
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
30
2.0
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.5
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
60
2.0
3.0
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.5
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
70
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.0
8.0
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
80
2.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.0
8.0
8.0
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
90
Distance in metres from relevant boundary for unprotected percentage not exceeding
3.0
4.0
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
9.5
10.0
10.0
2.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5.0
5.0
100
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
20
1.5
2.5
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.5
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
2.0
3.0
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
1.5
2.5
3.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
2.0
3.0
3.5
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.5
7.5
7.5
2.0
3.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.0
9.5
9.5
9.5
1.0
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
2.5
4.0
5.0
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.0
8.5
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
11.5
12.0
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.0
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
3.0
4.5
5.5
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.5
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.5
11.0
12.0
13.0
13.5
13.5
14.0
2.5
4.0
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.5
3.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.5
10.5
12.0
13.0
13.5
14.5
15.0
15.0
15.5
3.0
4.5
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
11.0
11.5
11.5
11.5
12.0
3.5
5.0
6.5
7.5
8.5
9.0
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
14.0
14.5
16.0
16.5
17.0
17.0
3.0
4.5
5.5
6.5
7.0
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
9.5
10.5
11.5
11.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
Distance in metres from relevant boundary for unprotected percentage not exceeding
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
3.5
5.5
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
10.5
11.5
12.0
12.5
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
18.5
19.0
3.5
5.0
6.0
7.0
7.5
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.5
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.5
14.5
15.0
100
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
20
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
8.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
2.5
4.0
5.0
5.5
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
8.5
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
11.5
12.0
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.0
2.0
3.5
4.5
5.0
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.0
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
172
2.5
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.0
1.5
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
2.5
4.5
6.0
7.0
8.0
8.5
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
16.5
17.0
2.5
4.5
5.5
6.5
7.0
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
11.0
12.0
12.5
13.5
14.0
14.0
14.5
3.0
5.0
6.5
7.5
8.5
9.5
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
13.5
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
19.5
3.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
8.5
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
12.5
13.5
14.0
15.0
16.0
16.5
17.0
3.5
5.5
7.0
8.5
9.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.5
15.0
16.5
17.5
19.0
20.5
21.0
22.0
3.5
5.5
6.5
8.0
9.0
9.5
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
13.5
15.0
15.5
17.0
18.0
18.5
19.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
9.0
10.5
11.5
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.5
16.5
18.0
19.5
21.0
22.5
23.5
24.0
3.5
5.5
7.0
8.5
9.5
10.5
11.0
12.0
12.5
13.5
15.0
16.5
17.0
18.5
19.5
20.5
21.0
Distance in metres from relevant boundary for unprotected percentage not exceeding
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
TABLE 1 - continued
4.0
6.5
8.5
10.0
11.0
13.0
13.0
14.0
14.5
15.5
17.5
19.0
20.5
22.5
24.0
25.5
26.5
4.0
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
13.5
14.0
16.0
17.5
18.0
20.0
21.5
22.5
23.0
100
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
0.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.5
5.5
0.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
20
2.0
3.5
4.5
5.5
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
10.0
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
2.5
4.0
5.5
6.5
7.5
8.0
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
12.0
13.0
13.5
14.5
15.5
16.0
16.0
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
2.0
3.5
5.0
6.0
6.5
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
11.0
12.0
12.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
173
2.5
4.5
5.5
7.0
8.0
8.5
9.5
10.0
11.0
11.5
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.5
17.0
17.5
18.0
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.0
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
8.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
3.0
5.0
6.5
8.0
9.0
10.0
10.5
11.5
12.5
13.0
14.5
16.0
17.0
18.5
20.0
20.5
21.0
3.0
5.0
6.5
7.5
8.5
9.5
10.5
10.5
11.5
12.0
13.5
14.5
15.5
17.0
18.0
18.5
19.0
3.5
5.5
7.5
8.5
10.0
11.0
12.0
12.5
13.5
14.0
16.0
17.5
19.0
21.0
22.5
23.5
24.0
3.0
5.5
7.0
8.5
9.5
10.5
11.0
12.0
13.0
13.0
15.0
16.5
17.5
19.0
20.5
21.5
22.0
3.5
6.0
8.0
9.5
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
15.5
18.0
19.5
21.0
23.5
25.0
26.5
27.5
3.5
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.5
11.5
12.5
13.0
14.0
14.5
16.5
18.0
19.5
21.0
22.5
23.5
25.0
4.0
7.0
9.0
10.5
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
19.0
21.0
23.0
25.5
27.5
29.0
30.0
4.0
6.5
8.5
10.0
11.0
12.5
13.5
14.0
15.0
16.0
18.0
20.0
21.0
23.5
25.0
26.5
26.5
Distance in metres from relevant boundary for unprotected percentage not exceeding
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
TABLE I - continued
4.5
7.0
9.5
11.5
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
20.5
22.5
24.5
27.5
29.5
31.0
32.5
4.5
7.0
9.0
10.5
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
16.5
19.0
21.0
22.5
25.0
27.0
28.5
29.5
100
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
5.0
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
20
40
50
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
9.0
9.5
10.5
11.0
11.0
11.5
11.5
2.0
3.5
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
8.5
9.0
10.0
10.0
11.5
12.5
13.5
14.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
2.5
4.5
6.0
7.0
8.5
9.0
10.0
11.0
11.5
12.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.5
19.0
19.5
20.0
30
3.0
5.0
7.0
8.0
9.5
10.5
11.5
12.5
13.0
13.5
15.5
17.0
18.5
20.5
21.5
22.5
23.5
60
3.5
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.5
11.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
15.0
17.5
19.0
20.5
22.5
24.5
26.0
27.0
70
4.0
6.5
8.5
10.5
11.5
12.5
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
19.0
21.0
22.5
25.0
27.0
28.5
29.5
80
4.0
7.0
9.5
11.0
12.5
13.5
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
20.5
22.5
24.5
27.5
30.0
32.0
33.0
90
Distance in metres from relevant boundary for unprotected percentage not exceeding
TABLE I - continued
4.5
7.5
10.0
12.0
13.5
14.5
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
22.0
24.0
26.5
29.5
32.0
34.0
35.0
100
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
No limit
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
1.0
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
20
40
50
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
2.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
2.0
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.5
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.5
7.5
7.5
8.0
8.0
8.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
9.5
10.0
10.0
10.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
30
3.0
4.5
5.5
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
8.5
9.0
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.0
12.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.5
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
60
3.5
5.0
6.0
7.0
7.5
8.0
9.0
9.5
9.5
10.0
11.0
11.5
12.0
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.0
2.5
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.5
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.0
70
3.5
5.5
6.5
7.5
8.0
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
12.0
13.0
13.5
14.5
15.0
15.5
16.0
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.5
7.5
8.0
8.0
80
4.0
5.5
7.0
8.0
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
16.5
17.0
18.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.0
90
Distance in metres from relevant boundary for unprotected percentage not exceeding
4.0
6.0
7.0
8.5
9.0
10.0
10.5
11.0
12.0
12.5
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.5
18.0
19.0
19.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
9.5
10.0
100
V (SHOPS), VI (FACTORY) & VIII (STORAGE & GENERAL OPEN-SIDED CARPARKING DECKS SEE TABLE 1)
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
2.0
3.0
3.5
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.5
7.5
7.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.5
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
20
40
50
3.0
4.5
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
11.0
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
3.5
5.0
6.0
7.0
7.5
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.5
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.5
14.5
15.0
2.5
4.0
5.0
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.0
8.5
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
11.5
12.0
3.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.5
10.5
12.0
13.0
13.5
14.5
15.0
15.0
15.5
3.5
5.5
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
10.5
11.5
12.0
12.5
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
18.5
19.0
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.0
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
30
4.0
6.5
7.5
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
12.5
13.5
14.0
15.5
17.0
18.0
19.5
21.0
22.0
22.5
4.0
5.5
6.5
7.5
8.5
9.5
10.0
11.0
11.5
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
16.5
17.0
17.5
60
4.5
7.0
8.5
9.5
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
14.5
15.0
17.5
19.0
20.0
21.5
23.0
24.0
25.0
4.0
6.0
7.5
8.5
9.5
10.0
11.0
12.0
12.5
13.0
14.5
15.5
16.5
17.5
18.5
19.5
20.0
70
5.0
7.5
9.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
16.5
18.5
20.5
21.5
23.5
25.5
27.0
28.0
4.5
6.5
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
13.5
14.0
15.5
17.0
18.0
19.5
21.0
21.5
22.5
80
5.5
8.0
9.5
11.5
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
17.5
20.0
23.0
23.5
26.0
28.0
29.5
30.5
5.0
7.0
8.5
9.5
11.0
12.0
13.0
13.5
14.5
15.0
17.0
18.5
19.5
21.5
22.5
23.5
24.5
90
Distance in metres from relevant boundary for unprotected percentage not exceeding
TABLE 2 - continued
5.5
8.5
10.5
12.0
13.5
14.5
16.0
16.5
17.5
18.5
21.0
23.0
25.0
27.5
30.0
31.5
34.0
5.0
7.0
9.0
10.5
11.5
12.5
13.5
14.5
15.0
16.0
17.5
19.5
21.0
23.0
24.5
26.0
27.0
100
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
2.0
3.5
4.5
5.0
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.0
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
8.5
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
20
40
50
3.5
5.5
6.5
8.0
9.0
9.5
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
13.5
15.0
15.5
17.0
18.0
18.5
19.0
4.0
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
13.5
14.0
16.0
17.5
18.0
20.0
21.5
22.5
23.0
2.5
4.5
6.0
7.0
8.0
8.5
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
16.5
17.0
3.5
5.5
7.0
8.5
9.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.5
15.0
16.5
17.5
19.0
20.5
21.0
22.0
4.0
6.5
8.5
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
14.5
15.5
17.5
19.0
20.5
22.5
24.0
25.5
26.5
2.5
4.5
5.5
6.5
7.0
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
11.0
12.0
12.5
13.5
14.0
14.0
14.5
30
5.0
7.5
9.5
11.0
12.5
13.5
14.5
15.5
16.5
17.0
19.5
21.5
23.0
26.0
28.0
29.5
30.5
4.5
7.0
8.5
10.0
11.5
12.5
13.5
14.5
15.0
16.0
18.0
19.5
21.0
23.0
24.5
25.5
27.0
60
5.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
13.5
14.5
16.0
16.5
17.5
18.5
21.5
23.5
26.0
28.5
31.0
32.5
34.0
5.0
7.5
9.5
11.0
12.5
13.5
14.5
15.5
16.5
17.0
19.5
21.5
23.5
25.5
27.5
28.5
30.0
70
6.0
9.0
11.0
13.0
14.5
16.0
17.0
18.5
19.5
20.5
23.5
26.0
27.5
31.0
33.5
35.5
37.0
5.5
8.0
10.0
12.0
13.5
14.5
16.0
17.0
18.0
18.5
21.0
23.0
25.0
28.0
30.0
31.5
34.0
80
6.5
9.5
12.0
14.0
15.5
17.0
18.0
19.5
20.5
21.5
25.0
27.5
29.5
33.5
36.0
39.0
41.0
6.0
9.0
11.0
13.0
14.5
15.5
16.5
18.0
19.0
20.0
22.5
25.0
27.0
30.0
32.5
34.5
36.0
90
Distance in metres from relevant boundary for unprotected percentage not exceeding
TABLE 2 - continued
6.5
10.0
12.5
14.5
16.5
18.0
19.5
20.5
21.5
22.5
26.0
29.0
31.0
35.0
38.5
41.5
43.5
6.0
9.0
11.5
13.5
15.0
16.5
17.5
19.0
20.0
21.0
23.5
26.0
28.0
31.5
34.5
37.0
39.0
100
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
2.0
3.5
5.0
6.0
6.5
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
11.0
12.0
12.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
2.0
3.5
4.5
5.5
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
10.0
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
20
40
50
3.5
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.5
11.5
12.5
13.0
14.0
14.5
16.5
18.0
19.5
21.0
22.5
23.5
25.0
4.5
7.0
9.0
10.5
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
16.5
19.0
21.0
22.5
25.0
27.0
28.5
29.5
3.0
5.0
6.5
8.0
9.0
10.0
10.5
11.5
12.5
13.0
14.5
16.0
17.0
18.5
20.0
20.5
21.0
3.5
6.0
8.0
9.5
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
15.5
18.0
19.5
21.0
23.5
25.0
26.5
27.5
4.5
7.0
9.5
11.5
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
20.5
22.5
24.5
27.5
29.5
31.0
32.5
3.0
5.0
6.5
7.5
8.5
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.5
12.0
13.5
14.5
15.5
17.0
18.0
18.5
19.0
30
5.0
8.5
11.0
12.5
14.5
15.5
16.5
18.0
19.0
20.0
23.0
25.5
27.5
31.0
33.5
36.0
37.5
5.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
13.5
14.5
15.5
16.0
18.0
18.5
21.5
23.5
25.5
28.5
31.0
32.5
34.5
60
5.5
9.5
12.0
14.0
15.5
16.5
18.0
19.5
20.5
21.5
25.0
27.5
30.0
34.5
37.0
39.5
42.0
5.5
9.0
11.0
13.0
14.5
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.5
23.0
25.5
28.0
31.5
34.5
36.5
38.0
70
6.0
10.0
13.0
15.0
17.0
18.5
20.0
21.0
21.5
23.5
27.5
30.0
32.5
37.0
40.0
43.0
45.5
6.0
9.5
12.0
14.0
16.0
17.0
18.5
20.0
21.0
22.0
25.5
28.0
30.5
34.0
37.0
39.5
41.5
80
7.0
10.5
13.5
16.0
18.0
19.5
21.0
22.5
24.0
25.0
29.0
32.0
35.0
39.5
43.0
46.5
49.5
6.5
10.0
13.0
15.0
16.5
18.0
20.0
21.0
22.5
23.5
27.0
30.0
32.5
36.5
40.0
43.0
45.5
90
Distance in metres from relevant boundary for unprotected percentage not exceeding
TABLE 2 - continued
7.5
11.0
14.5
16.5
19.0
20.5
22.0
24.0
25.5
26.5
30.5
33.5
36.5
41.5
45.5
49.0
52.0
7.0
10.5
13.5
16.0
17.5
19.5
21.0
22.0
23.5
25.0
28.5
31.5
33.5
38.5
42.0
45.5
48.0
100
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
No limit
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
2.0
3.5
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
8.5
9.0
10.0
10.0
11.5
12.5
13.5
14.5
15.5
15.5
15.5
20
40
50
3.0
5.0
7.0
8.0
9.5
10.5
11.5
12.5
13.0
13.5
15.5
17.0
18.5
20.5
21.5
22.5
23.5
4.0
6.5
8.5
10.5
11.5
12.5
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
19.0
21.0
22.5
25.0
27.0
28.5
29.5
4.5
7.5
10.0
12.0
13.5
14.5
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
22.0
24.0
26.5
29.5
32.0
34.0
35.0
30
5.5
8.5
11.5
13.5
15.0
16.5
18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
24.5
27.0
29.5
33.0
36.5
39.0
40.5
60
6.0
9.5
12.5
14.5
16.5
17.5
19.0
20.5
22.0
23.0
26.5
29.5
32.0
36.5
40.5
43.0
44.5
70
6.5
10.5
13.5
16.0
18.0
19.5
21.0
22.5
24.0
25.0
29.0
32.0
35.0
39.5
43.0
46.5
48.5
80
7.0
11.0
14.5
17.0
19.0
20.5
22.5
24.0
25.5
26.5
30.5
34.5
37.0
42.0
46.5
50.5
52.0
90
Distance in metres from relevant boundary for unprotected percentage not exceeding
TABLE 2 - continued
7.5
12.0
15.0
17.5
20.0
21.5
23.5
25.5
27.0
28.0
32.5
36.0
39.0
44.0
48.5
53.0
55.5
100
72%
85%
90%
94%
95%
96%
97%
98%
98%
98%
99%
99%
99%
99%
99%
99%
3m
6m
9m
15m
21m
27m
30m
40m
50m
60m
70m
80m
90m
100m
110m
120m
1m
98%
98%
98%
98%
98%
97%
97%
96%
95%
94%
93%
91%
88%
80%
72%
54%
2m
98%
97%
97%
97%
96%
96%
95%
94%
93%
90%
90%
87%
82%
72%
62%
41%
3m
97%
96%
96%
96%
95%
94%
94%
92%
90%
88%
86%
83%
77%
65%
54%
33%
4m
96%
96%
95%
95%
94%
93%
92%
90%
88%
85%
83%
79%
72%
59%
47%
28%
5m
95%
95%
94%
94%
93%
92%
90%
89%
86%
82%
80%
75%
68%
54%
41%
24%
6m
88%
89%
90%
92%
92%
93%
94%
89%
90%
92%
93%
93%
94%
94%
75%
77%
85%
69%
72%
87%
60%
64%
77%
45%
49%
82%
33%
37%
79%
18%
21%
84%
8m
7m
93%
92%
91%
90%
89%
88%
86%
84%
80%
74%
72%
66%
57%
41%
30%
16%
9m
92%
91%
90%
90%
88%
87%
85%
82%
78%
72%
70%
63%
54%
38%
28%
15%
10m
91%
90%
90%
89%
87%
86%
83%
80%
76%
70%
67%
61%
51%
36%
25%
13%
11m
90%
90%
89%
88%
86%
84%
82%
79%
74%
68%
65%
58%
48%
33%
24%
12%
12m
90%
89%
88%
87%
85%
83%
81%
77%
73%
66%
63%
56%
46%
31%
22%
11%
13m
89%
88%
87%
86%
84%
82%
79%
76%
71%
64%
61%
54%
43%
29%
21%
11%
14m
77%
80%
82%
84%
85%
87%
88%
78%
81%
83%
85%
86%
87%
88%
57%
59%
73%
50%
51%
74%
40%
41%
60%
26%
28%
68%
18%
19%
62%
9%
10%
69%
16m
15m
Illustration A
Plane of reference
Relevant boundary
Width of
unprotected 100%
opening
Bldg A
Width of
100%
unprotected
opening
1m
85%
Setback Distance
100%
100%
72%
Bldg B
@
#
mi
2.6 m
Width of
unprotected
opening (4m)
100%
Illustration A (Enlarged)
2.6 m
Distance to
Plane of reference
87%
86%
84%
83%
81%
79%
76%
72%
66%
58%
55%
48%
38%
25%
17%
9%
17m
100%
72% (2.88m)
Plane of reference
Note: * To take next higher width when actual width exceeds that of the table. Interpolation of the figures is not permitted.
+ To take the lower distance from table when actual distance exceeds that of the table. Interpolation of the figures is not permitted.
85%
84%
83%
81%
79%
76%
73%
69%
63%
55%
52%
44%
35%
22%
15%
8%
19m
85%
83%
82%
80%
78%
75%
72%
68%
62%
54%
50%
43%
33%
21%
15%
7%
20m
Relevant boundary
86%
85%
84%
82%
80%
78%
74%
70%
65%
57%
54%
46%
36%
24%
16%
8%
18m
""""""""""""""
84%
83%
81%
79%
77%
74%
71%
66%
60%
52%
49%
41%
32%
21%
14%
7%
21m
83%
82%
80%
78%
76%
73%
70%
65%
59%
51%
48%
40%
31%
20%
13%
7%
22m
83%
81%
80%
78%
75%
72%
69%
64%
58%
49%
46%
39%
30%
19%
13%
6%
23m
82%
81%
79%
77%
74%
71%
68%
63%
57%
48%
45%
38%
29%
18%
12%
6%
24m
81%
80%
78%
76%
74%
70%
67%
62%
55%
47%
44%
36%
28%
17%
12%
6%
25m
81%
79%
77%
75%
73%
70%
66%
61%
54%
46%
43%
35%
27%
17%
11%
6%
26m
80%
78%
77%
74%
72%
69%
65%
60%
53%
45%
41%
34%
26%
16%
11%
6%
27m
16%
6m
9m
32%
33%
40%
43%
52%
59%
64%
68%
71%
74%
76%
78%
79%
21m
27m
30m
40m
50m
60m
70m
80m
90m
100m
110m
120m
79%
77%
75%
73%
70%
67%
63%
58%
51%
42%
39%
24%
15%
10%
5%
29m
25%
15m
5%
11%
3m
28m
78%
76%
74%
72%
69%
66%
62%
57%
50%
41%
38%
32%
24%
15%
10%
5%
30m
77%
76%
74%
71%
68%
65%
61%
56%
49%
40%
37%
31%
23%
14%
10%
5%
31m
77%
75%
73%
71%
68%
64%
60%
55%
48%
40%
37%
30%
22%
14%
9%
5%
32m
34m
4%
9%
13%
21%
28%
35%
38%
46%
53%
58%
63%
66%
69%
72%
74%
76%
33m
5%
9%
13%
22%
29%
36%
39%
47%
54%
59%
63%
67%
70%
72%
74%
76%
75%
73%
71%
68%
65%
62%
57%
52%
45%
37%
34%
28%
21%
13%
9%
4%
35m
74%
72%
70%
68%
65%
61%
57%
51%
45%
36%
33%
27%
20%
12%
8%
4%
36m
74%
72%
70%
67%
64%
60%
56%
50%
44%
35%
33%
26%
19%
12%
8%
4%
37m
73%
71%
69%
66%
63%
59%
55%
50%
43%
35%
32%
26%
19%
12%
8%
4%
38m
73%
71%
68%
66%
63%
59%
54%
49%
42%
34%
31%
25%
19%
11%
8%
4%
39m
72%
70%
68%
65%
62%
58%
54%
48%
41%
33%
31%
25%
18%
11%
7%
4%
40m
72%
69%
67%
64%
61%
57%
53%
47%
41%
33%
30%
24%
18%
11%
7%
4%
41m
71%
69%
66%
64%
60%
57%
52%
47%
40%
32%
29%
24%
17%
11%
7%
4%
42m
70%
68%
66%
63%
60%
56%
51%
46%
39%
31%
29%
23%
17%
10%
7%
3%
43m
Illustration A
+ To
Plane of reference
Relevant boundary
Width of
unprotected 100%
opening
Bldg A
Width of
100%
unprotected
opening
1m
2.6 m
85%
Setback Distance
100%
100%
72%
Bldg B
Width of
unprotected
opening (4m)
100%
Illustration A (Enlarged)
2.6 m
Distance to
Plane of reference
100%
72% (2.88m)
Plane of reference
70%
68%
65%
62%
59%
55%
51%
45%
39%
31%
28%
23%
17%
10%
7%
3%
44m
69%
67%
64%
61%
58%
54%
49%
44%
37%
30%
27%
22%
16%
10%
6%
3%
46m
68%
66%
63%
61%
57%
53%
49%
43%
37%
29%
27%
21%
16%
9%
6%
3%
47m
Relevant boundary
69%
67%
65%
62%
58%
55%
50%
45%
38%
30%
28%
22%
16%
10%
7%
3%
45m
Note: * To take next higher width when actual width exceeds that of the table. Interpolation of the figures is not permitted.
take the lower distance from table when actual distance exceeds that of the table. Interpolation of the figures is not permitted
@
a?
VF?
68%
65%
63%
60%
57%
53%
48%
43%
36%
29%
26%
21%
15%
9%
6%
3%
48m
67%
65%
62%
59%
56%
52%
47%
42%
36%
28%
26%
21%
15%
9%
6%
3%
49m
67%
64%
62%
59%
55%
51%
47%
41%
35%
28%
25%
20%
15%
9%
6%
3%
50m
66%
64%
61%
58%
55%
51%
46%
41%
35%
27%
25%
20%
14%
9%
6%
3%
51m
66%
63%
61%
58%
54%
50%
46%
40%
34%
27%
24%
19%
14%
9%
6%
3%
52m
65%
63%
60%
57%
54%
50%
45%
40%
34%
26%
24%
19%
14%
8%
6%
3%
53m
65%
62%
60%
57%
53%
49%
45%
39%
33%
26%
24%
19%
14%
8%
6%
3%
54m
10
91%
5
96%
20
83%
15
87%
78%
25
74%
30
70%
35
66%
40
62%
45
48
45% (1.4m)
45
Relevant boundary
Setback Distance
62% (3.7m)
100%
72% (2.2m)
Plane of reference
1m
2m
100% (6m)
Bldg A
100% (3m)
Angle of opening
with respect
to plane of reference
100% (4m)
62% (2.5m)
Note: *: To take the smaller angle from table when actual angle exceeds that of the table. Interpolation of the angles is not permitted.
50
50%
60
Bldg B
54%
55
""""
46%
65
43%
70
39%
75
36%
80
32%
85
29%
90
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
CHAPTER 4
GENERAL
4.1.1
4.2
4.2.1
General
Introduction
Provision of
accessway
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
(1)
(2)
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
Minimum
4000m2 to 8000m2
>8000m2 to 16,000m2
>16,000m2 to 32,000m2
>32,000m2
(c)
Minimum
>28,400m3
>56,800m3
>85,200m3
>113,600m3
Minimum
>56,800m3
>113,600m3
>170,400m3
>227,200m3
Accessway
Location
(d)
Width of
accessway
0."4:
<<<<\\,\
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
Gradients of
accessway and
access road
Turning facilities
Overhead
clearance
Public road
Obstruction
Marking of fire
engine accessway.
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
4.2.3
Definition
Signage
Size
Buildings other
than residential
Access opening
to compartment
or spaces
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
Position
Additional
openings
4.4
4.4.1
REQUIREMENTS
(a) (i) Every part of a fire engine access road and/or
an accessway in a private lot shall be within an
unobstructed distance of 50m from a hydrant. Where
a public hydrant conforming to such requirement is
not available, private hydrant(s) shall be provided (see
diagram 4.4.1(a)).
(ii) Existing public hydrants along one side of a public road
shall not be designated to serve developments that are
sited across the other side of the public road, except
for a one-way or two-way lanes road.
(b) In situations where more than one private hydrants are
required, the hydrants shall be located along the fire engine
access road and/or an accessway such that every part of
the access road and/or accessway is within an unobstructed
distance of 50m from any hydrant (see diagram 4.4.1(b)).
Access to
buildings with
rising mains
Private fire
hydrant
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(c)
(d)
4.4.2
WATER SUPPLY FOR PRIVATE HYDRANT
Provision of water supply for private hydrant system where required
by this Code shall comply with one of the following requirements:
(a)
(i) The nominal bore of the hydrant pipe and the bulk
water meter shall not be less than 150mm in diameter;
and
(ii) The running pressure/flow at the hydraulically most
unfavourable hydrant of the private hydrant system
shall comply with the following :
(2) Flow Rate >= 0.9 x water flow of the nearest public
hydrant or >= total flow demand (as required
in Table 4.4.2) of the private hydrant system,
provided the running pressure at the remotest
private hydrant is greater than 2 bars.
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
Note :
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
Purpose
Purpose Group (*) III,
Group I & II IV, V, VII
2 bars
2 bars
2 bars
<1000m - 38L/s
<5000m - 57L/s
<10000m - 76L/s
(57L/s if sprinkler
protected)
500m - 38L/s
<5000m - 57L/s
<10000m - 76L/s
(57L/s if sprinkler
protected)
Minimum duration
4.4.3
45 mins
(b)
(c)
(d)
Protection of
hydrant mains in
buildings
Diagram 4.2.2(d)(v)
T<
>
4000
7500
, 3\
,s500
\
\
\
1
500
I
/
/
\
/
\
4000
Y?
Diagram 4.2.2(d)(vi)
OUTERRADMS(RZ
/
/
/
/
~2>
'9
8600
Q69 .|NNERRADMS(RD
00qgaR1
= 3500mm
R2 = 7500mm
R3 = 8500mm
/}.i_ii&
//
/
/
/
/
4000
/
\\
189
Diagram 4.2.2(d)(v)
I
4000
11000
12000
I
\
\
20000
I
I
/
\
/
/
4000
Diagram 4.2.2(d)(vi)
//
/
I
15
\\4
QQQ
'9;Q00
I3300 R1
= 7000mm
R2 = 11000mm
R3 = 12000mm
/
/
\
\
\
\
\
4000
\
\
\
\__
190
Diagram 4.4.1(a)
PubIic road
T
"i
IIQWQI dwewoy
Imim. 4m m/Ide]
"5
.\#
5!
liiiliiillll
A
@
:1//I//-//
j@
1/
ii
Accessvvoy
(mm. 6m vvIde]
Every part of a fire engine access road and/or an accessway in a private lot shall be
within an unobstructed distance of 50m from a hydrant. Where a public hydrant
conforming to such requirement is not available, private hydrant(s) shall be
provided.
191
Diagram 4.4.1(b)
PU1@I1@/Eda/'
d
I
P0bIIc nydr0nI
50m
I
>
I:Ire engine
access road or
InIernoI dnvevvoy
[rnInInw|"n 4m \/vIde)
M
5
Cor perks
\\\
%
.~~;-L
Accessvvoy
[rnInIrn0m 6m v\/IcIe]
<.I..I 7,
_,I
*1-2
4.I
I\
@
<DUm
Prox/Isio n of IhIs
nydronI c on be vvox/Ied If Ine o<:IIoinIng Iend Is us ed as Iondscope or open space onl V
In situation where more than one private hydrants are required, the hydrants shall be
located along the fire engine access road and/or an accessway such that every part of
the access road and/or accessway is within an unobstructed distance of 50m from
any hydrant.
192
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
CHAPTER 5
INSTALLATION
5.1.1
5.2
5.2.1
(b)
(c)
(d)
Primary and
secondary
supplies
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E I15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
Secondary
source of
supply
Cable installation
&_.9___
MA. ~V_~
iv!
- M
'
59$
I
ill,
O
s
.0M
(j)
5.2.3
(b)
Emergency
generator
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
CHAPTER 6
PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS
6.1.1
General
(a)
(b)
(c)
6.1.2
General
6.1.3
Installation,
marking
6.2
6.2.1
(a)
Type of rising
main
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
(b)
(c)
6.2.2
Where the building has access from more than one ground
level or road level, the height measurements for the purpose
of this code shall be taken from the level of accessway or fire
engine access road (applicable to buildings under Purpose
Group II) provided.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Note:
Number, location
and size of rising
mains
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(e)
6.2.3
(b)
6.2.4
Capacity of the water supply from the public mains and the
storage capacity for a wet rising main system shall comply
with the requirements in SS 575 Code of Practice for Fire
Hydrant systems and Hose Reels.
Wet rising
main
(b)
Flow
(c)
Running
pressure
(d)
Static pressure
(e)
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E I15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(f)
6.2.5
(iii) Each hose shall have a standard length of 30m and shall
be kept stowed in a Dutch Rolled position and housed
in a glass fronted cabinet.The Dutch Roll shall be rolled
in the manner shown in Diagram 6.2.5(a).
(b) Position
(i) The fire hose shall be installed just next to, but not more
than 2m from the landing valve as shown in Diagram
6.2.5(b).
(ii) The entire fire hose and cabinet shall be out of direct
sunlight.
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(c) Mounting
(v) The depth of the cabinet shall not exceed 250mm for
one fire hose or 350mm for two fire hoses.
(d) General
(i) Only clean, dry and compact rolled (Dutch Roll with
the Velcro strap secured as shown in the Diagram
6.2.5(a) and (b)) hose shall be placed in the cabinet.
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E I15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
6.2.6
Building under
construction
6.2.7
Foam inlets
Hose Reels
(a)
Hose reels
hm}?
0'
V
V
I
O
i
II
(4) Not being used as public entertainment outlet;
(5) Not belonging to Purpose Group VI & VIII.
(iii) Any other small standalone single-storey guardhouse,
bin centre, electrical sub-station and open-sided shed
not exceeding 200m (excluding those in Purpose
Group VI & VIII).
(iv) Subject to compliance with Cl.2.6.2, provision of
hose reel on the mezzanine floor of factory unit is not
required provided the coverage distance of the nearest
hose reel at the main floor to the most remote point of
the mezzanine floor shall not exceed 36m.
(b) The hose shall be of 20mm or 25mm nominal diameter
and conform to EN 694, not exceeding 30m in length and
terminating in shut-off branches with 4mm or 6mm nozzles.
(c)
Water supply for hose reels in terms of flow rate and minimum
running pressure shall comply with the requirements in SS
575.
(d)
(e)
6.2.9
Water supply
Siting &
installation
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E I15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
6.3
6.3.1
General
(a)
(b)
Group II mixed
occupancy
Group II with
lower car park
floors
(c)
(d)
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
6.3.2
Fire alarm
panel
6.3.3
(c)
(d)
(e)
(b)
Manual alarm
call points
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E I15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(c)
(d)
(e)
6.3.4
6.3.5
Alarm Device
(a)
(b)
Automatic fire
alarm
Alarm
device
Visual alarm
signal
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
6.3.6
6.3.7
A theatre or cinema shall be provided with an electrical fire alarm
system of the manual type complying with the following:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Alarm system
for cinema
Connection to
fire station
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E I15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
6.3.8
6.4
SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
6.4.1
Sprinkler
protected
building
General
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Basement
(ii) Where the basement storey is effectively crossventilated such as to avoid smoke logging conditions,
the basement storey may be exempted from the
requirements of provision of an automatic sprinkler
system, at the discretion of the Relevant Authority.
Exemption
Sprinkler system
& smoke purging
system
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(c)
(d)
(e)
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
External corridor
Installation
(a)
Connection to
fire station
(b)
6.4.2
6.4.3
Atrium ceilings
External linkway
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
6.4.4
(b)
(c)
Special
purpose rooms
6.4.5
Water mist
system
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E I15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(b)
(c)
6.4.6
6.4.7
6.5
6.5.1
6.5.2
6.6
LIFTS
A set of requirements using lifts for building evacuation during
emergency is drawn up at Fire Safety Requirements FSR 7: 2011
& FSR 8: 2011. These requirements are applicable to all buildings
except residential developments.
Installation
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
6.6.1
6.6.2
6.6.3
(c)
The power supply to the lift shall be connected to a sub main
circuit exclusive to the lift and independent of any other
main or sub main circuit. The power cables serving the lift
installation shall be routed through an area of negligible fire
risk.
Fire Lift
(a) With the exception of Purpose Group I and II buildings,
all other buildings shall be provided with at least two fire
lifts if the habitable height exceeds 24m. See Fire Safety
Requirements FSR 8:2011 on the design details.
Hoistway
ventilation
Emergency
power supply
Fire lift
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
All buildings shall also be provided with at least two fire lift
if the depth of the basement exceeds 9m below the average
ground level.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
The fire lift shall be located such that any part of every
storey shall be accessible to fire-fighters from the fire lift.
(g) Regardless of whether the building is installed with
automatic sprinkler system, the number of fire lifts required
shall be such that any part of a storey of the building is within
60m coverage from the fire lift door; subject to provisions of
at least 2 fire lifts in accordance with sub-clause (a).
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
6.6.4
Homing of lifts
(a) Homing of lifts for buildings which are required to be
provided with fire alarm system.
In a fire emergency when any one of the fire detection
devices or fire alarm systems is activated, all the passenger
lifts shall be brought to the designated floor (usually) 1st
storey) and park there with the lift landing doors remaining
opened.
(b) Homing of lifts for buildings which are required to have
standby generating plant.
In the event of power failure or power interruption in the
building,the supply to the lifts shall be automatically switched
over to the emergency power supply from the generating
plant and the lifts shall be brought to the designated floor
and park there with the lift landing doors remaining open
until all the lifts have been brought down to the designated
floor. Thereafter, one or more lifts may resume operation
depending on the capacity of the emergency generating
plant, in addition to the fire lift. Normal operation of the lift
shall be automatically reset on the return of normal power
supply.
(c)
Homing of lifts for buildings which are not required to have
standby generating plant.
Homing of lifts
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E I15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(e)
Diagram 6.2.5(a)
STEP 1
E7
@500
Fo|ded end
Female coupling
_I
_I
Ma|e Coupng
,,@f@;iJ
a. Fold the fire hose into half with the male and female coupling around 500mm apait.
b. Roll the fire hose at the "folded" end, not coupling end.
STEP 2
/,1
/_EIJ_III
STEP 3
Q
/_X
I_.__
Velcro
Strap
I
==I
(C2
I
I
'%450
Diagram 6.2.5(b)
Front View
I
-
side View
|\/|in_ 650
I
-
Ii
glass/plastic
:.Z
VZIFQI,
-\
r
Male coupling
'
M'n600
' T
Female coupling
(to nozzle)
Inclined approximately
1QtO avoiq d,-op_off
when door is opened
landing valve
400
1500
to
TABLE 6.3A
PROVISION OF FIRE ALARMS ACCORDING TO
PURPOSE GROUP, HEIGHT & SIZE OF THE BUILDING
A
Purpose group & No
of storeys of building
III (Institutional)
(i)
Schools & others
a
- Single storey building
b
- Building of 2 to 4 storeys
c
- Building of more than 4 storeys
(ii)
Health care occupancy with stay-in facilities
a
- Single storey building
b
- Building of 2 to 4 storeys
c
- Building of more than 4 storeys
(iii)
Health care occupancy without stay-in facilities
a
- Single storey building
b
- Building of 2 to 4 storeys
c
- Building of more than 4 storeys
(iv)
Dormitories
a
- Single storey building
b
- Building of 2 to 4 storeys
c
- Building of more than 4 storeys
B
Total floor area
(per storey in sq m) in excess of which
alarm must be provided
C
Type of
Alarm
NL
400.
400**
(m)+
(a)
NR
NR
NR
(m)
(a)
(a)
NL
200.
NR
(m)
(a)
NR
NR
NR
(m)
(m)
(a)
IV (Office)
a
b
c
400*
200.
NR
(m)
(m)
(a)
400*
200.
NR
(m)
(m)
(a)
VI (Factory)
a
b
c
-
400*
200.
NR
(m)
(m)
(a)
V (Shop)
a
b
c
NR
NR
NR
(m)
(a)
(a)
400*
200.
NR
(m)
(m)
(a)
VIII (Storage)
a
b
c
-
2000*
1000.
NR
(m)
(m)
(a)
*
**
+
.
Single storey building with area less than indicated is not required to be provided with alarm system unless otherwise specified by the
Relevant Authority.
Building of more than 4 storeys but area less than 400sqm, only manual alarm system is required.
Where used for sleeping accommodation, automatic alarm system may be required by the Relevant Authority.
The total floor area per storey shall not exceed that as stated in Cl.6.3.1(c).
NL
=
no limit
(m)
=
manual type
NR
=
not relevant
(a)
=
automatic + manual type
Remarks:
(1)
When there are 2 or more purpose groups in a building, the strictest requirement for any one of the purpose groups shall
be applicable to the whole building.
(2)
Where purpose group II forms part of a mixed use building, Cl.6.3.1(b)(i) shall be followed.
215
Table 6.4A:
Store room 1
AHU room
Kitchen 2
Boiler room (oil fired)
Low voltage Switch room
High voltage Switch room
Transformer room (oil type)
Oil Tank room
Generator room
A/C Plant room
Electric Lift motor room
Hydraulic Lift motor room
Essential Fan room
Electrical room
Battery room
Sprinkler/Wet Riser Tank room
Fire Pump room
Fire Command centre
MDF room
PABX room
Compartmentation and door rating in this table are specified in one of the following ways:
N
B
=
=
The fire resistance rating stipulated in this table shall be the minimum.
Requirement for sprinkler in the special purpose rooms is specified in one of the following ways:
S
Ex
=
=
Requirements stated herein apply to kitchens in hotel, restaurant, coffee house or other similar places where the
preparation of food is required. However, special considerations will be given to the followings:
(a)
(b)
Where AHU rooms are vertically stacked, each AHU room shall be separated by a compartment floor at every
level. In the case of AHU serving more than one compartment, fire dampers shall be provided in air ducts at
penetration through the compartment wall and floors, see Cl.7.1.2.
216
m_
%g__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
CHAPTER 7
7.1.1
General
(a)
(b)
Construction of
ductwork
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E I15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(c)
Pipework
insulation
Duct enclosure
m_
%g__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(e)
Ductwork
through smokestop or firefighting lobbies
(f)
Plenum
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
(iii) Exception
Fire Dampers
Any fire damper shall have a fire resisting rating of not less
than that required for the compartment wall or compartment
floor through which the relevant section of the ventilation
duct passes. Fire dampers shall be of the type approved by
the relevant authority and constructed in accordance with
the requirements in SS 333 - Specifications of fire dampers.
Separating walls
Provision of fire
dampers
m_
%g__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
Installation of
fire dampers
Connections to
fire dampers
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E I15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(8) Each fire damper installation shall be provided
with an inspection access door either upstream
or downstream as appropriate. The access door
dimension shall preferably measure 450mm
(length) 450mm (width); for smaller ducts, the
door width dimension may be reduced to the
width or depth of the duct. Access doors shall be
hinged and fitted with sash locks, and constructed
of minimum 1.25mm sheet steel suitably braced.
Openings in ducts shall be stiffened by sheet steel
frame.
(iii) Fire dampers shall not be fitted in the following
locations:
(3) anywhere in an air pressurising system;
(4) where explicitly prohibited in this Code.
Access door in
ventilation duct
for inspection of
fire damper
Prohibition of
fire dampers
m_
%g__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(i)
(j)
Fire resisting
floor-ceiling
and roof
ceiling
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E I15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
(k)
7.1.2
Locations of
intakes and
return air
openings
(b)
(c)
Air handling
unit rooms
Smoke detectors
m_
%g__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(d)
7.1.3
Stop Switch
Exits
Exits
(a)
(i) Supply air for the system shall be drawn directly from
the external, with intake point not less than 5m from
any exhaust discharge openings.
(iii) Where the supply air duct serving the exit staircase
has to penetrate the staircase enclosure, the portion
of the duct where it traverses outside the staircase
shall be enclosed in masonry construction or drywall
complying with Cl.3.8.7(c) of at least the same fire
resistance as the elements of structure and it shall not
be fitted with fire dampers.
Exit staircase
and internal exit
passageway
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E I15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
7.1.4
Mechanical ventilation system for smoke stop lobbies and firefighting lobbies shall be a system exclusive to these lobbies, and it
shall comply with the following requirements:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
7.1.5
Mechanically
ventilated smoke
stop lobby and
fire-fighting
lobby
Engine driven
fire pump and
generator
m_
%g__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(b)
(c)
(d)
7.1.6
The Fire Command Centre can either be AC, NV, or MV. The AC
or MV shall be independent of each other and any other system
serving other parts of the building. Where mechanical ventilation
is required, it shall also comply with the following requirements:
(a) Supply air shall be drawn directly from the external and
its intake point shall not be less than 5m from any exhaust
discharge openings. Exhaust discharge shall also be direct
to the external and shall not be less than 5m from any air
intake openings.
(b) Where the corresponding ducts run outside the fire
command centre, they shall either be enclosed in a structure
or be constructed to give at least the same fire rating as the
room which they serve or that of the room through which
they traverse, whichever is higher. Where the duct risers
are required to be enclosed in a protected shaft constructed
of masonry or drywall complying with Cl.3.8.9(a), they
shall be compartmented from the rest of the shaft space
containing other ducts or services installations.
(c)
(d)
Duct serving areas other than the fire command centre shall
not pass through the room.
Fire Command
Centre
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
7.1.7
Kitchen
Kitchen
(a)
$_'
\.\._
W
'.uvV"v%
Q
A
(iii) For other smaller F&B outlets such as snack bars, food
kiosks etc.
\\_.,
.vvy,~
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
Rooms involving
use of flammable
& explosive
substances
m_
%g__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
7.1.9
7.2
PRESSURISATION FOR EXIT STAIRCASES
7.2.1
General
(a)
Basement car
park
General
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
7.2.2
(b)
Basement
(c)
Purpose
Group II
occupancy
Pressurisation Level
(a)
(b)
(c)
7.2.3
7.2.4
Leakages
(a)
(b)
Pressurisation
level
Egress velocity
Leakages
m_
%g__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
7.2.5
7.2.6
(b)
Distribution of
pressurising air
Equipment
(a)
(b)
(c)
7.3
7.3.1
7.4
7.4.1
(a)
Equipment
Pressurisation
of internal
corridors
in hotels
Scope
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
(b)
Exception
7.4.2
The number and their sizes shall be such that the aggregate
effective vent openings shall not be less than 2.5% of the
basement floor area served.
(b)
(c)
The position of all vent outlets and the areas they serve shall
be suitably indicated adjacent to such outlets.
Smoke vents
m_
%g__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(d)
(e)
7.4.3
Engineered
smoke control
7.4.4
Smoke purge
system for
non-car park
occupancy
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
7.5
7.5.1
Smoke control
system
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
7.6
7.6.1
(b)
(c)
(d)
Acceptable
design guidance
(Note: BR 186 and 258 are reports published by the Fire Research
Station, Building Research Establishment, Borehamwood, Herts
WD62BL).
7.6.2
Sprinkler system
7.6.3
Fire size
Occupancy (Sprinklered)
Shops
Offices
Hotel Guest Room
Hotel Public Areas
Assembly Occupancy with
fixed seating
7.6.4
Fire Size
Heat Output
Perimeter of
(MW)
Fire (m)
5
12
1
14
0.5
6
2.5
12
2.5
12
Capacity of
an engineered
smoke control
system
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
7.6.5
The design smoke layer base shall be above the heads of people
escaping beneath it.The minimum height shall be 2.5m.
Clear layer
7.6.6
Smoke reservoir
7.6.7
For cases where smoke is removed from the room of origin the
smoke reservoir size for a smoke ventilation system shall not
exceed:
Smoke reservoir
size
(a)
(b)
7.6.8
7.6.9
7.6.10
7.6.11
(b)
(b)
Removal
of smoke from
circulation or
atrium spaces
Discharge of
smoke into
circulation/
atrium spaces
The maximum length of the smoke reservoir shall not exceed 60m.
Length of
smoke reservoir
Stagnant
regions
0."4:
<<<<\\,\
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
7.6.12
7.6.13
(b)
Replacement air
velocity
(b)
Distance from
exhaust air
discharge
(c)
Replacement
discharge
position
(d)
Siting
of inlets
(e)
Replacement air
for engineered
smoke control
system
7.6.15
Emergency
power supply
7.6.16
Mode of
activation
(f)
7.6.14
Perforated ceiling
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
7.6.17
7.6.18
Manual
activation
7.6.19
Shut down
of other air
conditioning
& ventilation
systems
7.6.20
Standby fans or
multiple fans
7.6.21
7.6.22
Protected
circuits
7.6.23
Electrical supply
7.6.24
7.6.25
7.6.26
The time taken for the smoke ventilation system within a smoke
zone to be fully operational shall not exceed 60 seconds from
system activation.
0."4:
<<<<\\,\
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
7.6.27
Fail-safe system
7.6.28
7.6.29
Smoke curtain
7.6.30
Obstruction to
means of escape
7.6.31
Smoke or
chanelling
screens
7.6.32
7.7
7.7.1
7.7.2
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
CHAPTER 8
OTHER SYSTEMS
8.1
8.1.1
8.1.2
8.1.3
Exit lighting
Emergency
lighting for
corridors &
lobbies
Emergency
lighting for
occupied areas
0."4:
<<<<\I,\
E 5
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
8.1.4
8.1.5
(b)
Fire-fighting
facilities
Secondary
source of power
supply
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(c)
8.1.6
8.1.7
Luminaire
Directional
signs
Self-illuminating
signs
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
8.2
8.2.1
(a)
System
requirements
Construction
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
(v) fire lift;
Where the lift car is equipped with built-in intercom
system that complies with clause 9 of SS 546, the twoway communication system can be exempted.
(vi) each area of refuge; and
(vii) air-handling control rooms.
Where AHU can be remotely monitored and controlled
at the Fire Command Centre, and cannot be by-passed
locally, and the electrical cabling between AHU rooms
and FCC are fire rated, the two-way communication
system can be exempted.
(c)
8.2.2
Where a one-way or two-way emergency communication system
is required by this code, it shall comply with the requirements
stipulated in SS 546: Code of Practice for Emergency Voice
Communication Systems in Buildings.
_Q
mmI.\_J_q_\.H~W
S'.
\. N
:'"N.
1%
_
'.k
VVv_<
Ill!
8.2.3
Fire Command
Centre
(b)
Size
Location
(c)
Construction
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
8.2.4
Two-way
communication
system
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
Exception :
(i)
Single-level basement, irrespective of its usage of building
under Purpose Groups II to VIII and basements of building
of Purpose Group I are not required to be provided with
two-way emergency communication.
(ii) Multi-level basements of building under Purpose Group II
are not required to be provided with two-way emergency
communication system, provided the basements are used
solely for car parking and not exceeding two basement
storeys in depth.
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
CHAPTER 9
FIRE SAFETY REPORT
9.1
9.2
9.2.1
PURPOSE
Fire safety report is to document the provision of fire protection
and life safety features in the building and/or plants/installations.
This report would serve as a useful reference to fire safety managers,
building owners, registered inspectors, the Relevant Authority
and to qualified persons appointed to carry out any subsequent
additions and alteration works. Where the nature of the additions
and alteration works would require the updating of the fire safety
report, the qualified person shall be responsible to submit revised
and updated report to the building owner/s and the Relevant
Authority.
SUBMISSION OF REPORT ON FIRE PROTECTION & LIFE
SAFETY FEATURES
Qualified Person should submit a report on fire protection and life
safety features when making Building Plan submission for projects
such as:(a) high-rise (over 60m in building height) commercial
buildings;
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
9.2.2
In buildings under Purpose Groups VI & VIII, where there may be
presence of corrosive atmosphere that may affect the effectiveness
of intumescent paints for protection to structural steel members of
buildings and fire rated dry board, such proposal shall be subjected
to evaluation of the Relevant Authority.
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
9.3
9.3.1
A
Project Description
B
Fire Safety Design Concept
C
Fire Engine Accessibility
D
Means of Escape
E
Structural Fire Precautions
F
Control and Exhaust of Smoke and Toxic Fumes
G
Fire-Fighting Systems
H
Fire Alarm System
I
Emergency Power Supply
J
Emergency Evacuation Lighting
K
Emergency Voice Communication System
L
Two-Way Emergency Communication System
M
Emergency Lift Control
N
Areas of Fire Risk
O
Fire Scenario
P
Fire Safety Management
Q Conclusion
9.4
The write-up of the report on fire protection and life safety features
should include the following subjects. However, qualified person
could expand or modify the report to suit his presentation:-
Project Description
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
Means of Escape
Fire-Fighting System
This would include the active protection system such as
portable fire extinguishers, hose reels, dry/wet rising mains,
sprinkler system, gas flooding system, fixed/portable water
monitors, fixed water spray, drenchers etc.
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
H
m_
%i__
O
O'
V
V
M
i
ll
I
My
J
M
.."4:
<<<<\I,I
E '15
0
.00
I'll.
\\\((\
--%7
%
O
Fire Scenario
Under this subject, the qualified person would have to
assume the outbreak of a fire in one of the critical floors
or areas and describe the sequence of operation of the fire
protection and life safety design features.
Fire Safety Management
This would include a brief description of the general
management of the fire protection and life safety features.
Q Conclusion
This would include the summing up of the outline concepts
and systems that have been designed for the project.
Appendix (1)
FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
AFFECTING SHOPHOUSES
UNDER CONSERVATION
SUBJECT
2-STOREY
SHOPHOUSE
3-STOREY
SHOPHOUSE
4-STOREY
SHOPHOUSE
OR
OR
2
Architects
are
encouraged to apply 1(a) in
order to expose the timber
floor joists and boards to
retain
the
existing
characteristics
of
the
shophouse.
2
Architects
are
encouraged to apply 1(a) in
order to expose the timber
floor joists and boards to
retain
the
existing
characteristics
of
the
shophouse.
4 FSSD's requirements on
travel distances must be
complied with.
4 FSSD's requirements on
travel distances must be
complied with.
3 FSSD's requirements on
travel distances must be
complied with.
FOOTNOTE :
For residential use, this condition does not apply. Existing timber floors may be retained provided there is no increase
in floor areas or addition of a new attic.
*2
For fire-rating requirement, see attached sketch (URA/CONSV/GL/FSSD 1).
*3
For residential use, method and duration of fire-rating would be evaluated by FSSD on a case to case basis.
*1
1
Appendix 1 - 1
FIRE SAFETY
REQUIREMENTS
AFFECTING
SHOPHOUSES UNDER
CONSERVATION SUBJECT
2-STOREY
SHOPHOUSE
3-STOREY
SHOPHOUSE
4-STOREY
SHOPHOUSE
5 An open connecting
staircase to the attic may be
considered. However,
FSSD's requirements on
travel distances must be
complied with.
5 An open connecting
staircase to the attic may
be considered. However,
FSSD's requirements on
travel distances must be
complied with.
5 An open connecting
staircase to the attic may
be considered. However,
FSSD's requirements on
travel distances must be
complied with.
FOOTNOTE :
*4
For guildlines on addition of new attic, see attached sketch (URA/CONSV/GL/FSSD 2).
2
Appendix 1 - 2
FIRE SAFETY
REQUIREMENTS
AFFECTING
SHOPHOUSES UNDER
CONSERVATION SUBJECT
2-STOREY
SHOPHOUSE
3-STOREY
SHOPHOUSE
4-STOREY
SHOPHOUSE
3 PROTECTION OF
STAIRCASES
2 For residential
shophouses, without
addition of new attic and to
be occupied by one family
only, the timber staircase
may be left exposed and
need not be
compartmentalised.
2 For residential
shophouses, without
addition of new attic and
to be occupied by one
family only, the timber
staircase may be left
exposed and need not be
compartmentalised.
3 For non-residential
shophouses, the timber
staircase may be left
exposed at the 2nd storey
level, provided the
following are complied
with:
(a) Travel distances on the
2nd storey are complied
with, i.e. the distance from
the most remote point of
the floor to the edge of the
staircase landing is less than
13m or alternative escape
staircase is available, e.g.
rear escape staircase;
(b) The timber staircase is
pressure impregnated with
flame retardant chemicals;
and
(c) The timber staircase is
compartmentalised at the
1st storey by 1 hour firerated enclosures.
(d) There is no attic level in
the 2nd storey.
FOOTNOTE :
*5
For compartmentation requirements on protection of staircases, see attached sketch (URA/CONSV/GL/FSSD 1).
A3
Appendix 1 - 3
SUBJECT
2-STOREY
SHOPHOUSE
3-STOREY
SHOPHOUSE
4-STOREY
SHOPHOUSE
1 FIXED COVERING
A fixed covering up to the
level below the main roof
eaves with materials
approved by FSSD *6 is
allowed.
1 FIXED COVERING
A fixed covering up to the
3rd storey floor level with
materials approved by
FSSD *6 is allowed.
1 FIXED COVERING
A fixed covering up to the
3rd storey floor level with
materials approved by
FSSD *6 is allowed.
2 OPENABLE
COVERING
A fully openable covering
(retractable or spring open
type), by activation of
smoke detectors and fire
alarm system, up to the
level below the roof eaves
with materials approved by
FSSD*6 is allowed.
2 OPENABLE
COVERING
A fully openable covering
(retractable or spring
open type), by activation
of smoke detectors and
fire alarm system, up to
the level below the roof
eaves with materials
approved by FSSD *6 is
allowed.
2 OPENABLE
COVERING
A fully openable covering
(retractable or spring
open type), by activation
of smoke detectors and
fire alarm system, up to
the level below the roof
eaves with materials
approved by FSSD *6 is
allowed.
1 FIXED COVERING
A fixed covering up to the
2nd storey floor level with
materials approved by
FSSD *6 is allowed.
1 FIXED COVERING
A fixed covering up to the
2nd storey floor level with
materials approved by
FSSDB *6 is allowed.
1 FIXED COVERING
A fixed covering up to the
2nd storey floor level with
materials approved by
FSSD *6 is allowed.
2 OPENABLE
COVERING
A fully openable covering
(retractable or spring open
type), by activation of
smoke detectors and fire
alarm system, up to the
level below the roof eaves
with materials approved by
FSSD *6 is allowed.
2 OPENABLE
COVERING
A fully openable covering
(retractable or spring
open type), by activation
of smoke detectors and
fire alarm system, up to
the level below the roof
eaves with materials
approved by FSSD *6 is
allowed.
2 OPENABLE
COVERING
A fully openable covering
(retractable or spring
open type), by activation
of smoke detectors and
fire alarm system, up to
the level below the roof
eaves with materials
approved by FSSD *6 is
allowed.
4 AIRWELL
4.1COVERING OVER
AIRWELL
4.1.1 Same usage for all floors
SUBJECT
4 AIRWELL
4.2 COVERING OVER
AIRWELL
FOOTNOTE :
*6
a
b
c
4
Appendix 1 - 4
SUBJECT
5 AMALGAMATION OF
SHOPHOUSE UNITS
6 MEANS OF ESCAPE
7 ALARM SYSTEM
1 For shophouses not exceeding 3 storeys and/or amalgamation of not more than 2
shophouse units, manual alarm system is acceptable.
2 For shophouses exceeding 3 storeys or having an amalgamation of more than 2
units, automatic alarm system must be provided.
FOOTNOTE :
*7
For residential shophouses not exceeding 3 storeys and occupied by one family only, this condition does not apply.
5
Appendix 1 - 5
SUBJECT
8 COVERING OF REAR
COURT
9 DIRECTION OF DOOR
SWING
1 Door swings at the 1st storey are allowed to swing into the units so as not to
obstruct the walkways.
2 However, where the door serves more than a 50-person occupant load, it must then
swing out. In order not to obstruct the walkway, the door should be recessed into the
unit.
10
ELECTRICAL/WATER/GAS
METERS, TELECOMS
TRUNKING AND
HOSEREEL PIPES
1 For shophouses with a separate staircase enclosure at the front leading to the upper
storeys, electrical and water meters and Telecoms trunking are allowed to be located
within the staircase enclosure provided that they are boxed-up with non-combustible
materials, e.g. non-combustible boards or metal casing. The meter box may be
ventilated as required by PUB.
2 All hosereel pipes are to be located within the shophouse and hosereels should be
located near exit doorways.
3 In order to maintain the facades of shophouses to be as uncluttered as possible with
M & E installations, all M & E works should be located within the shophouse or at
locations acceptable by FSSD, PUB and URA such that they are least obtrusive from
the exterior.
SUBJECT
11 RETENTION OF TIMBER
FLOOR IN MAIN BUILDING
TO BE CONSERVED WITH
NEW REAR EXTENSION OF
R.C. FLOORS
Proposals *8 to retain timber floors in the main building to be conserved with new
extension of R.C. floors are subject to the following requirements of FSSD :
(a) The old and new blocks are to be treated as separate buildings from the fire safety
point of view;
(b) Independent escape staircases are to be provided in each of the old and new block
and the regulation on maximum travel distance is to be complied with;
(c) A fire separation in the form of fire walls and fire doors is to be provided between
the old and new blocks in compliance with the Fire Code; and
(d) Airwells, if provided, shall have a minimum distance of 4m apart between window
openings.
(e) If integration is such that it is considered as a single block, the building (old and
new) shall be constructed of reinforced concrete.
Note: Existing timber flooring of Purpose Group I residential building under under
conservation need not comply with the above-mentioned requirements provided that
the following conditions are met:
(a) the residential building shall not exceed 3 levels (attic and basement shall be
considered as a level);
(b) there shall be no amalgamation of units; and,
(c) other requirements stipulated in the conservation requirements, such as
protection to the existing timber flooring, etc shall be complied with.
FOOTNOTE :
*8
For fire safety aspects of the guidelines, see attached sketch (URA/CONSV/GL/FSSD 3).
6
Appendix 1 - 6
NEW ATTIC
LAST STOREY
L,.?REAR WALL
J
IST STOREY
NOTE:
FOR ASY/WIAETRICAL ROOF PROFILE,
THE REFERENCE POINT OF NEW ATTIC
LE\/EL SHALL BE BASED ON THE
PRONT FACADE.
TYPICAL SECTION
/\
R
*7
\
\
Appendix 1 - 7
IMRREGNATIGN WITH
A?
,
I/2 HR RATING TO
COMPARTMENTION
FIRERETARDANT
TWIBER FLOORS
OF STAIRCASE AT
CHEMICALS ALLOWED]
[FULL PROTECTION]
0]
RETAIN EXISTING
QFSTOREY SHOPHOUSE
bl
- FULL coMPARTMENTIoN
cl
c0MRARTMENTIoN
- OF STAIRCASE
I/2 HR RATING TO
TIMBER FLOORS
IIMRREGNATIGN WITH
EIRE-RETARDANT
CHEMICALS ALLOWED]
FULL
CO/VIPARTNIENTION
OE sTAIRcAsE
OF STAIRCASE
I HR RATING To
TIMBER FLOORS
(FULL PROTECTION]
RETAIN EXISTING
3-5T@REy 5II@P||@U$E
d]
Appendix 1 - 8
Appendix (2)
Appendix
(2)
SCOPE
Chemicals or hazardous materials (hazmat) have a wide range of properties and hazards
which must be identified and understood in order to fulfill the requirements of safe
warehousing. A complete understanding of the hazards requires an assessment of the
container and packaging systems and storage arrangements. In addition, the requirements
of general warehouse shall be complied with.
Note: The fire safety requirements for laboratory storing and using chemicals/hazmat shall be in
accordance with NFPA 45 [except for the Maximum Allowable Quantity (MAQ) which shall be as
stipulated in Table 2 & 3 of this Guideline]. Refer to SCDFs Web-site for more comprehensive details.
2.1
Type of Hazmat
Explosives (1.1 to 1.6)
2.1
Flammable gas
2.2
2.3
Poisonous gas
4.1
Flammable solid
4.2
4.3
5.1
Oxidizer
5.2
Organic peroxide
6.1
Poisonous substance
6.2
Corrosive material
Note: Consultation with FSSD shall be sought at the initial stage (Quantitative Risk Assessment study may
be required by the Hazmat Dept of SCDF) and, at the stage of finalising for further comment and
concurrence before the formal plan submission under the Self-Regulation Scheme. QP shall obtain the
technical requirements from other relevant agencies first before consulting FSSD especially for the
followings classes of hazardous materials:
- SPF for Class 1
- NEA for Class 2.3, 3, 6.1, 6.2, 7 & 8
- MOH for Class 6.2 (Health Sciences Authority, HSA) & Class 7 (Centre for Radiation Protection
under HSA);
1
Appendix 2 - 1
SIZE LIMITATION
3.1
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
**
K1
K2
K3
3&4
50 m2
200 m2
100 m2
400 m2
2,400 m2
400 m2
2,000 m2
Type
Note:
(i)
(ii)
600 m2
K4
900 m2
3,600 m2
**
**
K1
K2
Automatic surveillance
K3
K4
2
Appendix 2 - 2
3.2
Storage of compressed gases (Class 2), flammable liquid (Class 3), flammable solid (Class
4.2 & 4.3), oxidizing agent (Class 5.1) and organic peroxide (Class 5.2) shall be located
only at the ground floor with at least one external wall facing directly to a exterior open
safe space unless otherwise stipulated;
3.3
3.4
3.5
For Class 2 hazardous materials, no stacking is allowed. The hazardous materials shall be
laid directly on the floor.
3.6
Storage, use and handling of compressed gases (Class 2) shall be in compliance with
NFPA 55 and it may allow be located at aboveground floor.
3.7
For sprinkler protected warehouse, the storage height shall be limited to 18m for singlestorey warehouse and 15m for warehouse that is located at 1st storey of a multiple-storey
building. For non-sprinkler protected warehouse storing Class 3 hazardous materials, the
storage height shall be in compliance with NFPA 30 (basing on the flashpoints of the
hazardous materials), subject to a maximum height of 3.6m.
3.8
Storage of oxidizers (Class 5.1, solid or liquid) shall be in compliance with NFPA 430 or
AS 4326.
3.9
Storage of organic peroxide (Class 5.2) shall be in compliance with NFPA 432 or AS
2714.
3.10
3.11
Recommendations made within the individual Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) shall
be complied with.
3.12
An approved layout plan (with the relevant TFP/FSC) with such hazmat
warehouse/storage clearly highlighted shall be kept within the premises to facilitate the
inspection and emergency operation procedures.
3
Appendix 2 - 3
PROVISION OF ACCESSWAY
Fire engine accessway shall be provided for fire fighting appliances. The length of the accessway,
based on the gross cubical extent of the entire warehouse space, shall be as follows:
Non-Sprinkler Protected
Cubicle Extent
Length of Acessway
<7,100m
<14,200m
perimeter
<28,400m
<42,400m
>42,400m
perimeter
perimeter
island site access
Sprinkler Protected
Cubicle Extent
Length of Acessway
1
<14,200 m
<28,400m
<42,400m
perimeter
perimeter
<56,800m
perimeter
>56,800m
4.2
At least one external wall of the warehouse shall be directly fronting an empty space (such
as turf area) of minimum width 2m. One of the access doors provided along this external
wall shall be placed not more than 30m (for type K1) or 15m (for type K2) from the fire
engine access road or accessway for ease of fire-fighting.
4.3
For K3 and K4 compartment, at least one external wall shall be directly fronting an
engine access road or accessway. At least two exit access doors (minimum 15m apart)
shall be provided along this external wall for ease of fire-fighting.
4.4
The loading and unloading (the area may be roofed over) shall be carried out directly
from the exterior open space for type K2, K3 and K4 compartments.
4.5
For type K1 compartment, the distance from the external loading/unloading area (may be
roofed over) to the access door of the compartment shall not be more than 10m for nonsprinkler protection building and 15m for sprinkler protection building. For Class 3
hazardous materials, the maximum volume of hazardous liquid shall be limited to 3,000L
or 5,000L for non-sprinkler and sprinkler protected compartment respectively;
4.6
For storage of Class 4.1 hazardous materials aboveground level, fire engine accessway and
the associated FAPs shall be provided for the full stretch of the external wall of the
storage area.
4
Appendix 2 - 4
5.1
Water supply for hydrant system shall comply with the following requirements:
(a)
Hydrant fed by PUB mains is allowed for type K1 and K2 compartments. The
water supply requirement shall comply with the clause 4.4.2(a) of the Fire Code.
(b)
Hydrant with dedicated pumping & storage facilities shall be provided for type
K3 and K4 compartment. The water supply requirement shall comply with the
Table 4.4.2(a) of the Fire Code with minimum running pressure of 3.5 bars (it
shall be designed accordingly to individual emergency respond plan and respective
SOP).
5.2
The spillage control and retention basin for fire fighting water for warehouse storage
hazardous substances shall be in accordance with SS 532, NEA requirements and NFPA
30. Gate valve(s) shall be provided from the second containment (such as bund wall) at a
safe location to allow the fire-fighters to operate during emergency and, the outlet shall be
directly drained to a safe area or storm drain.
6.1
The ventilation systems for warehouse storing Class 3 hazardous materials shall comply
with SS 532 and the smoke control system shall comply with the requirements for general
warehouse.
6.2
The ventilation system for Class 2 shall comply with NFPA 55;
6.3
Mechanical ventilation system for removal of vapour shall be interlocked with the
smoke control system to ensure that both systems will not be affecting one another.
6.4
The ventilation system shall be designed to provide air-movement across all portions of
the room to prevent the accumulation of vapours. Short-circuiting of the mechanical
ventilation system shall be avoided.
6.5
Fresh air inlets and exhaust outlets shall be properly located according to the type of
gases or vapours to be exhausted.
Note: The air-conditioning system and M/V system for the storage area of hazmat shall not be
shared with other occupied area.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
7.1
Fire extinguisher shall be provided complying with CP 55, SS 532 and other related
standards. Please also refer to the relevant MSDS and consult the manufacturer or
supplier for the details.
7.2
Additional mobile type 50kg ABC (foam or chemical powder) fire extinguishers having
minimum 6m throw and the discharge hose length of minimum 6m shall be provided to
cover the loading and unloading area for K2, K3 and K4 compartment under hazard
grade 2, 3 & 4. The access from any remote point of the loading / unloading area
(including the parking lots area) to the 50kg fire extinguishers shall not be more than
15m.
For K1 compartment size, mobile type 50kg fire extinguisher shall only be required when
the overall Hazmat storage area is more than 100m.
7.3
5
Appendix 2 - 5
8.1
8.2
All exit and access doors shall be provided with the proper hazard and warning sign on
both sides of these doors.
9.1
The following standards and codes of practices (may not be exhaustively listed) shall be
complied with for the proposed chemical/hazmat warehouse:
a) CP 10 : Code of Practice for the Installation and Servicing of Electrical Fire Alarm
System
b) SS 575 : Code of Practice for Fire Hydrant Systems and Hose Reels
c) CP 52 : Code of Practice for Automatic Fire Sprinkler System
d) SS 578 : Code of Practice for Use and Maintenance of Portable Fire Extinguishers
e) SS 98 : Preparation and use of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)
f) SS 254: Electrical Apparatus for explosive Gas Atmosphere
g) SS 286 :Classification and class labels for hazardous substances
h) SS 532 : Storage of Flammable and Combustible Liquids
i) NFPA 16A : Foam-Water Sprinkler and Spray Systems
j) NFPA 45 : Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals
(refer to Table 2 & 3 for the MAQ)
k) NFPA 55 : Compressed Gases & Cryogenic Fluids
l) NFPA 70 : National Electrical Code
m) NFPA 430 : Liquid and Solid Oxidizers
n) NFPA 432 : Storage of Organic Peroxide
o) NFPA 495 : Explosive Materials Code
p) NFPA 704 : Identification of the Hazards of Materials
q) AS 2714 : The storage and handling of hazardous chemical materials
Class 5.2 substances (organic peroxides)
r) AS 4326 : The storage and handling of oxidizing agents
6
Appendix 2 - 6
Appendix 2 - 7
Class 5.2
Oxidizing
Peroxide
category 3
Flash point
23 - 60 C
class I
class II
class III
oxidizing
Readily
combustible
class IV
Moderately
combustible
category 4
Flash point
Flash point
> 150 C
between 60 - 150
C
class 4
class 3
class 2
Vary
strong Strong oxidizing Weak
oxidizing agent
agent
agent
(may
classified
under
explosive
substance)
category I & 2
Flash point
< 23 C
Hazard Grade
0
class V
Combustible only
with supporting fire
For flammable gases (Class 2), the LFL (or LEL) is less than 13% or the flammability range is greater than 12
Classification and the respective hazard grades may subject to change in accordance with the international standards such as ISO, UN or GHS
(Globally Harmonized System of Classification & Labelling of chemicals).
Class 5.1
Oxidizing
Agent
Note:
i)
ii)
Class 4
Class 3
Solid Materials
Liquids
Hazard Classification
Appendix 2 - 8
Note:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
(i) 10L or
(ii) 0.4 L/m2 and not more than 150L (250L)
(i) 5L or
(ii) 0.4 L/m2 and not more than 150L (250L)
(i) 20L or
(ii) 0.8L/m2 and not more than 250L {350L}
Max Qty
(L, litres per Lab Unit floor area)
(i) 50L or
(ii) 1.6L/m2 and not more than 350L {500L}
Max Qty
(L, litres per Lab Unit floor area)
B8
Laboratory
(in hospital and health
care occupancy)
Laboratory
Lab Unit
Appendix 2 - 9
x)
*
Note:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
(i) 8L or
(ii) 0.16 L/m2 per cluster
(i) 30 L or
(ii) 0.6 L/m2 per cluster
(i) 170 L or
(ii) 3.4 L/m2 per cluster
(i) 170 L or
(ii) 3.4 L/m2 per cluster
MAQ (L, litres per Lab Work Floor Area with sprinkler protection)
The capacity in litres (L) is referred to the internal volume (water capacity) of the gas cylinder;
Lab Work Area is not necessary be individual fire compartment but shall be housed within a lab unit;
For item 1 to 3, the MAQ shall be halved for those building which is not protected with sprinkler system;
Item 1 to 4 may be accommodated in a single cluster and be spaced at least 3 m apart from each cluster (6 m for building without sprinkler protection);
To comply with NFPA 45 for others requirements such as the ventilation (4 & 8 A/C), hazard identification and No Smoking signs etc;
The provision of sprinkler system shall be designed under the Ordinary Hazard Group 3 Special (CP52);
No combustible materials shall be placed within 3m buffer range of the gas cylinder;
No flammable or combustible liquid shall be placed within 6m buffer range of the gas cylinder;
For storage and handling of Class 2 hazmat in enclosed space (including the concealed space of raised floor and ceiling), metal pipe sleeve and gas leak detection system
shall be provided to reduce the accumulation of gases and vapours that may cause danger to occupant, building and emergency response team. Oxygen-level monitoring
system shall be provided to prevent the possibility of oxygen-deletion (Asphyxiation) within the room;
The air-conditioning system and M/V system for laboratory unit shall not be shared with other occupied area.
For LPG cylinders, only 2 x 4.5kg cylinders are allow for each lab unit.
Toxic gasses
Oxidizing gasses
Flammable gasses
Types of Gases
Item
Appendix (3)
Appendix (3)
The responsibility of the main contractor of the project is to actively work closely with the
PE to ensure that all requirement for the provision of rising mains in the building are
complied with and allowed for in the construction stage
2.
An inspection checklist has been designed buildings under construction (see Annex A).
The major items in the checklist are elaborated as follows:
a.
b.
All rising mains (dry & wet) shall be made operational for all storeys
(except the uppermost 3 storeys) as soon as the uppermost completed
storey reaches 24m. This is because the uppermost 3 storeys are likely to be
strutted with props and scaffoldings for the purpose of gaining structural
strength. Moreover, some of the staircases may not have been provided
yet, hence no access available to the upper storeys.
(ii)
Dry & wet rising mains shall be installed progressively as the building gains
height, in order to provide to fire-fighting capabilities to all stages of
construction. All outlets, landing valves inlets, water tanks and pumps,
where required shall be provided and made readily operational.
c.
d.
Appendix 3 - 1
e.
(ii)
(iii)
(ii)
For the testing of flow rate for wet riser system (residential & nonresidential buildings), the topmost landing valve should be tested (under
pump/gravity feed) with a flow rate of at least 27 L/s. This minimum flow
rate required for residential buildings will also be applicable to nonresidential buildings (commercial building), as the fire hazard in both types
of buildings are similar while under construction.
Appendix 3 - 2
ANNEX A
Description
Yes
PART A
1
4.
5.
6.
Appendix 3 - 3
If no, remedy
action/comments
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Date inspected:____________by______________________Signature_____________
*Delete as appropriate
Appendix 3 - 4
ANNEX A
S/No
Description
Yes
Rigidly support
Clear of obstruction
In Order
Not In
Order
If no, remedy
action/comments
Remarks
RISER
5
6
7
LANDING VALVE
8
9
10
TESTING OF PRESSURE/FLOW
11
12
Date inspected:____________by______________________Signature_____________
5
Appendix 3 - 5
Appendix (4)
Appendix (4)
SCOPE
1.1
The scope of this Guidelines covers the fire safety requirements for general warehouses
which include single-storey single-user warehouses, single-storey multi-user warehouses,
underground warehouses, multi-storey warehouses with or without basements and
warehouse within other non-industrial buildings. This Guidelines shall supersede the
Guidelines on Fire Safety Requirements for Mega Warehouse.
DEFINITION
2.1
General Warehouse
General warehouse is defined as space used for storing various types of goods or materials.
It also includes warehouses for storing chemicals (to comply with the Chemical Warehouse
requirements), fresh/perishable food products (cold room), etc. Those departmental stores,
supermarkets and the likes having displayed storage height more than 4m (with sprinkler
protection) or 2.5m (without sprinkler protection) shall comply with this Guidelines and the
fire safety requirements stipulated in Fire Code for Purpose Group V (as retail shop).
2.2
Store having floor area more than 100m shall be classified as warehouse (Purpose Group
VIII) usage and subject to comply with this Guidelines.
2.3
Store having floor area equal or less than 100m is still be required to comply with the
storage height limit of Table 21(A) & (B) of the CP 52 (please refer to Table 1A and 1B for
details). For store room without sprinkler protection system the storage height should be
limited to 4m.
2.4
QP shall be responsible to inform the user to observe the storage height limit and type of
storage strictly (please refer to clause 5 for details).
COMPARTMENT
3.1
The size of compartment shall not exceed the maximum allowable dimensions shown in the
Table 1 of this Guidelines, depending on the type of fire protection and location of the
warehouse.
3.2
3.3
Compartmentation between the warehouse and loading/unloading (or staging) area shall be
provided (to comply with Cl.3.2), except where
i.
ii.
the roof over the loading/unloading (or staging) area abutting external space is not
more than 3m.
Note: Down-stand fire wall of minimum depth 1m hanging from the ceiling shall be provided [except for cl
3.3(ii)] between the loading/unloading area and the warehouse storage area.
3.4
The compartment size limit stipulated in Table 1 shall include the loading/unloading (or
staging) area if it is not fire compartmented from the warehouse area, unless the entire
warehouse including the loading/unloading and driveway area is sprinkler protected an is
provided with smoke control system.
Note: This sub-clause is not applicable to warehouse with roof over the loading/unloading (or staging) area
abutting external space not more than 3m.
SPRINKLER PROTECTION
4.1
Automatic sprinkler system shall be provided if the compartment size of the warehouse
exceeds the maximum allowable size shown in the Table 1 of this Guidelines.
4.2
Sprinkler coverage shall be extended to the areas shielded by access platforms in the highrack storage warehouse. The supporting structures of the platforms shall have the same fire
resistant rating as the element of structure of the warehouse.
5.1
Signage shall be provided on the walls of the warehouse (including the loading/unloading or
staging area) to control the maximum allowable storage height and to maintain the
minimum clearance below the sprinkler heads in accordance with CP 52.
5.2
A 50mm wide red line shall be drawn around the wall with signage indicated as No
Storage Above This Line. This sign shall be provided at not more than 30m interval
along the red line.
5.3
5.4
The storage height limitations shall be clearly indicated on plans. To facilitate such
provision, the Qualified Person shall make known to the owner and the warehouse operator
the clearance and height limitations appropriate to the particular storage or warehouse
usage.
5.5
Those transient storage at loading/unloading (or staging) area shall comply with the Table
21(A) of the CP52 in terms of the storage height limit. For those non-sprinkler protected
warehouse, the storage height shall be limited to 2.5m.
SMOKE CONTROL
6.1
The provision of smoke control shall be in accordance with Table 2 of this Guidelines,
either in a form of smoke vent, smoke purging or engineered smoke control system
depending on the fire compartment size and type of fire protection system.
2
Appendix 4 - 2
6.2
Smoke Vents
6.2.1
Smoke vents (refer to Table 2) shall be of permanent open type and the effective opening
shall be either comply with Table 2 or 2A. The use of glass blocks or panels as smoke vents
shall not be considered unless they are designed to be activated automatically.
6.2.2
The minimum dimensions of vertical smoke vent shall be 400mm (length) X 600mm
(height) and horizontal smoke vent (roof or ceiling) shall be 0.25m2 in area.
6.2.3
No area in the warehouse shall be more than the stipulated distance (refer to either Table 2
or 2A) measured horizontally away from any vertical or horizontal smoke vent.
6.2.4
All smoke vents shall be located at the highest unobstructed level along the perimeter walls
of the warehouse.
6.3
6.3.1
Replacement of smoke vents by smoke purging system is allowed provided that the
warehouse is sprinkler protected. The smoke purging system shall comply with clause 7.1.9
of the Fire Code.
6.4
6.4.1
Engineered smoke control system shall be provided if the floor area of the compartment is
more than 5,000m2 or 2,000m2 for aboveground or belowground warehouses respectively.
6.4.2
The system shall be designed and installed in accordance with the requirements stipulated in
Fire Code or equivalent standards approved by FSSD.
6.4.3
The fire size determined shall be concurred by SCDF before it is used for the design of the
engineered smoke control system.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
7.1
7.2
Classification of storage hazards basing on storage heights shall follow Tables 21(A) and
21(B) of SS CP 52 for the different categories of storage and overall stack heights. Ordinary
hazard classification in SS CP 52 shall be taken as equivalent to medium hazard classification
in SS CP 55.
8.1
Other fire safety requirements, namely means of escape, structural fire precautions, external
fire fighting provisions, rising mains, hose reel system, electrical fire alarm, exit lighting, exit
signs, emergency voice communication system, fire command centre, fireman lift and
emergency power supplies etc. shall be provided as stipulated in the Fire Code.
3
Appendix 4 - 3
Appendix 4 - 4
Note :
Item
3000m2
12000m3
+Ref Table 21(A) & (B) of CP52
12000m2
NC
15m
2000m2
12m
NP
NP
15 m
6000m2
NC
15m
3000m2
12000m3
12 m
NP
7500m3
12m
12000m3
7500m3
2000m2
12m
7500m3
2000m2
12m
7500m3
2000m2
NC
3000m2
18m
9000m2
12000m3
3000m2
NC
12000m2
NC = No Control
NP = Not Permit
* subject to full compliance of clause 3.2.7(a) and clause 1.2.39(d) of the Fire Code.
+ storage height not exceeding the limits for goods in the various categories suitable for ordinary hazard protection (you may refer to Table 1A or 1B below).
Warehouse located in
basement
Multi-storey warehouse
without vehicular ramp
Multi-storey warehouse
with vehicular ramp (min.
Location of Warehouse
Appendix 4 - 5
Note :
a
b
c
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
> 5000m2
<= 2000m2
> 2000m2
no
no
no
<= 700m2
<= 100m2
Compartment Size
vent or
system
vent or
system
engineered smoke control system
+purging
cSmoke
cSmoke
+purging
NR
Smoke vent
(20% / 12m)
b
a Smoke vent
(min % openings follow Table 2A)
NR
NR = Not Required
smoke vent openings base on the Table 2A;
smoke vent shall be at least 20% of the floor area it served and shall not be more than 12m measured horizontally away from any part of the warehouse;
smoke vent shall comply with Cl.7.4.2 of the Fire Code (adequately & evenly distributed along the perimeter of the fire compartment or basement);
smoke purging system shall comply with Cl.7.1.9 of the Fire Code (adequately & evenly distributed within the fire compartment or basement);
smoke control system shall be provided for the entire basement except the protected exit shafts, lift shafts and M&E riser shafts;
Location of Warehouse
Non-encapsulated storage
Encapsulated storage
4.0
3.00
3.0
2.25
2.1
1.60
1.2
0.90
The term store or storage includes the warehousing or the temporary depositing of goods or materials
while undergoing process
Non-encapsulated storage
Encapsulated storage
3.5
2.7
2.6
2.0
1.7
1.3
1.2
0.9
The term store or storage includes the warehousing or the temporary depositing of goods or materials
while undergoing process
12m
5.0%
15m
10.0%
18m
15.0%
21m
20.0%
24m
6
Appendix 4 - 6
Appendix (5)
Appendix (5)
ii)
iii)
iv)
The FAMCP buildings available in the market can be classified into three types, namely, i) small
FAMCP, ii) underground FAMCP and iii) above ground FAMCP. Each type of FAMCP has its
own specific fire safety requirements.
Please see Annex A for a brief description on the three types of FAMCP. The fire safety
requirements are given in Annex B.
1
Appendix 5 - 1
Annex A
: 200m
: 1400m
: 10m
: 50% of perimeter walls
: 200m
: 1400m
: 14m (subject to maximum
parking height of 10m above
the ground level)
: 50% of perimeter walls
538
[iii _. _
r___
I___._
___
__%7
~_
,_____.__;I
-T--'
I *-@352
ii?
=,-21)
r Z
Ground Level
T -n I
T0212
II1
TI A
_.l
r_= I
,(3_=
_s2o
_____
Appendix 5 - 2
Category 2: Any FAMCP that is above ground level and do not fall under Category 1
Category 3: Any FAMCP that is below ground level and do not fall under Category 1
I; IIE-@I?!'iIii'!;!.'!miI:|
IgI!;!|hI
$8
__ ___/
Appendix 5 - 3
Annex B
The purpose of this circular is to stipulate the fire safety requirements for the Fully
Automated Mechanised Car Park (FAMCP). These requirements will assist the Qualified
Person when making plans submission pertaining to the design, construction, protection,
location and arrangement of the various fire safety provisions.
DEFINITION
Fully Automated Mechanised Car Park (FAMCP)
2
The FAMCP is defined as a building or part of a building that is intended for the
storage/parking of vehicles (passenger car) employing fully automated mechanical
facilities to move the vehicle from the point of entry to the parking lot and vice-versa.
The parking area would be accessible by trained staff when carrying out maintenance
works only. The parking system is to cease during the maintenance operations.
Parking Height
3
The height shall be measured from the average level of the ground adjoining the outside
of the external walls of the building to the highest/lowest car parking level. In situations
where mixed usage involving above ground and underground car parking, the height
shall be measured between the highest and the lowest car parking levels.
The building height as defined in the Fire Code shall be used to calculate the cubical
extent for all the car park types and in the event where there is no roof over, the
highest/lowest car park level shall be used.
b.
SS 550 :
Code of Practice For Installation, Operation and Maintenance of
Electrical Passenger and Goods Lifts
c.
SS CP 5 :
d.
SS CP 10 :
Code of Practice For The Installation and Servicing of Electrical
Fire Alarm Systems
Appendix 5 - 4
e.
SS 553 :
in Buildings.
f.
SS 563 :
The Installation and Maintenance of Emergency Evacuation
Lighting and Power Supply Systems in Buildings.
g.
SS 546 :
h.
SS 575
i.
SS CP 52
j.
SS 578 :
Code of Practice For
Extinguishers
All clauses and tables mentioned in this circular are extracts from the current Code of
Practice for Fire Precautions in Building.
CLASSIFICATION OF FAMCP
7
The FAMCP shall be sub-divided into three categories as follows: Category 1a:
Category 1b:
Category 2:
Above ground
Any FAMCP that is above ground level and do not fall under
category 1.
5
Appendix 5 - 5
Category 3:
Underground
Any FAMCP that is below ground level and do not fall under
category 1.
The fire safety requirements that are applicable to all three categories of car parks are as
follows:a)
Accessibility
Areas within the car park building shall not be accessible to the public.
b)
c)
Means of Escape
Means of escape shall be provided where there are areas that are accessible by the
public and these shall be in accordance with the requirements as for Purpose
Group VIII.
d)
e)
External Wall
Where an external wall is required as in Cl.3.5, a minimum 1-hour fire resistance
rating floor subject to compliance with the requirements of the elements of
structure for Purpose Group VIII shall be provided.
f)
g)
h)
Hose Reels
6
Appendix 5 - 6
h)
Hose Reels
Hosereel
Hosereel
coverage
coverage
shallshall
be provided
be provided
for every
entrance
entrance
andand
exitexit
of the
of the
car park.
car park.
6for every
i) i) Electrical
Electrical
Power
Power
Supplies
Supplies
Where
Where
any any
suchsuch
installation
installation
is required,
is required,
its primary
its primary
andand
secondary
secondary
source
source
of power
of power
supplies
supplies
shallshall
be in
beaccordance
in accordance
withwith
Chapter
Chapter
5. 5.
j) j) FireFire
Engine
Engine
Accessway
Accessway
Accessway
Accessway
for all
forthe
all the
FAMCP
FAMCP
shallshall
comply
comply
withwith
Cl.4.2.2.
Cl.4.2.2.
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
1 1
FIRE
FIRE
SAFETY
SAFETY
REQUIREMENTS
REQUIREMENTS
FOR
FOR
SMALL
SMALL
ABOVE
ABOVE
GROUND
GROUND
FULLY
FULLY
AUTOMATED
AUTOMATED
MECHANISED
MECHANISED
CAR
CAR
PARK
PARK
(SA-FAMCP)
(SA-FAMCP)
9 9 TheThe
specific
specific
fire fire
safety
safety
requirements
requirements
for the
for the
SA-FAMCP
SA-FAMCP
shallshall
be as
befollows:
as follows:
- a) a) Compartmentation
Compartmentation
TheThe
SA-FAMCP
SA-FAMCP
shallshall
not not
exceed
exceed
the the
following
following
compartment
compartment
limits
limits
as indicated
as indicated
in in
the the
tabletable
below.
below.
Compartment
Compartment
Maximum
Maximum
Floor
Floor
AreaAreaMaximum
Maximum
Cubical
Cubical
Extent
Extent
Compartment
Compartment
between
between
average
average
2
2
3
3
ground
ground
levellevel
andand
a height
a height
of of
200m
200m
1400m
1400m
10m.
10m.
b) b) Structural
Structural
design
design
TheThe
SA-FAMCP
SA-FAMCP
shallshall
be constructed
be constructed
of structural
of structural
steelsteel
construction.
construction.
c) c) Vertical
Vertical
Deck
Deck
Separation
Separation
ForFor
SA-FAMCP
SA-FAMCP
having
having
multi-car
multi-car
parking
parking
level,
level,
vertical
vertical
fire fire
separation
separation
between
between
the the
upper
upper
andand
lower
lower
decks
decks
by using
by using
a non-perforated
a non-perforated
andand
non-combustible
non-combustible
materials
materials
(structural
steelsteel
plate)
shallshall
be provided.
ThisThis
is toisminimise
direct
impingement
of of
(structural
plate)
be provided.
to minimise
direct
impingement
flame
to the
car car
in the
upper
deckdeck
andand
alsoalso
to prevent
dripping
of any
possible
flame
to the
in the
upper
to prevent
dripping
of any
possible
leaking
fuelfuel
to the
lower
deck.
leaking
to the
lower
deck.
d) d) FireFire
Engine
Engine
Accessway
Accessway
Accessway
Accessway
shallshall
be provided
be provided
for for
the the
fire fire
engine
engine
to gain
to gain
access
access
to the
to the
car car
parkpark
entrance
entrance
andand
exit.exit.
e) e) Private
Private
FireFire
Hydrant
Hydrant
7
Appendix 5 - 7
e)
f)
Natural Ventilation
Each car parking deck shall be provided with at least 50% external ventilation
openings of the perimeter wall areas and uniformly distributed.
CATEGORY 2
FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR ABOVE GROUND FULLY AUTOMATED
MECHANISED CAR PARK (A-FAMCP)
10
The specific fire safety requirements for the A-FAMCP shall be as follows: a)
Compartmentation
The car park shall not exceed the following dimension: If exceeded, sprinkler
protection shall be provided.
Maximum
Height
24m
b)
1000m2
Elements of Structure
The minimum period of fire resistance for the elements of structure shall be as
follows: Min fire resistance rating
Maximum dimensions
(in hours)
Height(in m)
Floor area (in Cubical
Above ground storey
2
3
m)
Extent(in m )
7.5
150
NL
15
NL
1,700
1
28
NL
7,000
2
28
NL
21,000
4
Over 28
1,000
NL
4
c)
d)
(1)
(ii)
(iii)
Fire doors of 1-hour fire resistance rating for the access of fire fighters
via the staircase into the car park. The fire door shall be of at least
850mm wide by 1000mm high with a visual glass panel. Wordings of
For smoke venting, do no enter shall be posted on the external side of
the door. The wordings shall be of at least 25mm in height.
(iv)
(v)
Breeching inlet serving rising main shall be located within 18m of the
accessway.
(vi)
Dry rising main shall be provided for height exceeding 10m and up to
60m. When the height exceeds 60m, wet rising main shall be provided.
The breeching inlet shall be located at the foot of the riser stack. One
standby fire hose of length 15m shall be provided at the ground level of
each staircase provided.
(vii)
(viii)
Where fire lift is required, a two way voice communication system shall
be provided between the Fire Command Centre and the following areas:
(ix)
(2)
(a)
(b)
Access Openings
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
The access openings shall be not less than 850mm wide by 1000mm high.
(iv)
There shall be one access opening to every 100m2 of gross floor area or
9
Appendix 5 - 9
e)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
The access openings shall be not less than 850mm wide by 1000mm high.
(iv)
2 of access
part thereof
provided
that opening
there shall
at least
openings
There
shall be
one access
to be
every
100mtwo
gross floor
area on
or
each side of the car parking level.
(v)
Access openings shall be remote from each other and located along more
than one side of the building. Such access openings shall be placed not
more than 10m apart measured along the external wall from centre to
centre of the access openings.
(vi)
f)
Sprinkler Protection
Where sprinkler protection is required, it shall be in accordance with SS CP 52.
g)
Smoke Vents
Ventilation openings (with exhaust air outlet sited at high level and fresh air inlet
sited at low level) of at least 2.5% of the largest floor area of any car parking level
shall be provided. It shall be operated automatically by activation of smoke
detector, if such openings are not naturally ventilated.
CATEGORY 3
FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGROUND FULLY AUTOMATED
MECHANISED CAR PARK (U-FAMCP)
11
The specific fire safety requirements for the U-FAMCP shall be as follows: a)
Compartmentation
The U-FAMP shall not exceed the following sizes:Maximum Parking Depth
28m
2000m2
10
Appendix 5 - 10
Maximum
Extent
7000m3
Cubical
b)
Elements of Structure
The minimum period of fire resistance for the elements of structure shall be as
follows: Maximum dimensions
Height(in m)
7.5
15
15
28
c)
d)
Fire-Fighting Staircase
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Fire doors of 1-hour fire resistance rating for the access of fire
fighters via the staircase into the car park; and
(iv)
b)
ii)
(v)
e)
(v)
(vi)
Dry rising main shall be provided for all basement depth and the
breeching inlet shall be located near the riser stack. One standby
fire hose of length 15m shall be provided at the ground level of
each staircase.
(vii)
(viii)
(b)
(ix)
(iix)
voice
f)
g)
Sprinkler Protection
Sprinkler protection shall be provided in accordance with SS CP 52.
h)
Smoke Vents
Smoke vents of at least 2.5% of the basement floor area shall be provided in
accordance with Cl.7.4.2. This requirement shall apply to basement not exceeding
1000m2 in floor area and 5m in depth measured from the ground level area to the
lowest floor level. If these limits are exceeded, smoke purging system shall be
provided.
i)
Foam Installation
Where fire lift is required, foam inlets in accordance with Cl.6.2.7 shall be
12
provided.
Appendix 5 - 12
Appendix (6)
Appendix (6)
Standards
2.
The Intumescent paint shall be subjected to the fire resistance test as detailed in BS 476
Pt 20/21 or its equivalent.
3.
The Intumescent paint shall also be subjected to weathering tests as detailed in BS 8202:
Pt 2: 1992. Fire test for fire resistance performance shall be conducted on the specimens
after the weather tests. The fire resistance rating of the tested specimen shall not be less
than 75% of the original prototype.
4.
The intumescent paint shall be listed under the Product Listing Scheme, administered by
certification bodies accredited by Singapore Accreditation Counsel.
Plan Submission
5.
The project QP shall submit a separate set of plans indicating the locations of the
structural steel members that are/will be coated with intumescent paint.
6.
If the building exceeds 24m in habitable height, a fire safety report shall be submitted
together with the plan.
Signage
7.
Name of supplier
(b)
(c)
Date of painting
(d)
(e)
The Fire Safety Manager, if any, shall carry out regular inspection checks to ensure that
the intumescent paint coatings are not damaged or tempered with. Records of inspection
shall be properly kept.
9.
Annual renewal of the Fire Certificate, where applicable, shall also include the inspection
of the columns and beams coated with intumescent paint. The inspection shall be carried
out by a QP.
10.
For addition/alteration works in a building where structural steel members are protected
by intumescent paint, the following requirements must be complied with:
11.
(a)
The owner or tenant, assisted by the FSM, shall engage a QP who shall submit
building plans to SCDF. The building plans shall be accompanied by the QPs
declaration as to whether the existing columns beams coated with intumescent
paint are/will be affected.
(b)
(c)
2
Appendix 6 - 2
Appendix
Appendix
(7) (7)
Structural Loading of Fire Engine on Accessway
The following information will assist structural engineers in
the design of accessway.
(i)
(ii)
Accessway shall be on
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
suspended slabs, or
on metalled or paved ground, or
ground laid with strengthened perforated slabs or
approved materials
Accessway
loading
(iv)
7500kg
21,000kg
2 wheels
8 wheels
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
Appendix 7 - 1
Axles load
Diagram A
ACCESSWAY (WHEELS & JACKS LAYOUT)
|-I!
I" I
E
"J
l
3
no
I-"
%a'~n'I-
f-*:"_
"T
I
T1440
484143
H
ET
I"
I 755 T
I 380
. .-,,,,_5m
1%? II
T
RR $
TII
:!IIi H
l---ext-e5n000
5384mm
Wheel Spacing
2
Appendix 7 - 2
Appendix (8)
Appendix (8)
B.
DEFINITION
1.
2.
3.
Super high-rise residential building shall be provided with at least one refuge
floor at an interval of not more than 20 storeys.
2.
b.
At least 50% of the gross floor area of the refuge floor shall be
designated as holding area. There shall be no residential unit or part of
the unit on the refuge floor.
c.
d.
e.
The holding area shall be separated from other areas of the refuge floor
by compartment wall having fire resistance rating not less than 2 hours.
Link of the holding area with other occupied rooms/areas shall be via an
external corridor, or a smoke-stop lobby complying with Cl.2.2.13(b) of
the Fire Code.
f.
g.
h.
i.
Sprinkler system shall be provided for the refuge floor if there is any
-1
non-residential roomAppendix
located8on
the same floor.
g.
C.
than 1200mm high and the total area of ventilation openings shall not be
less than 25% of the floor area of the holding area.
All parts of the holding area shall be within 9m of any ventilation
opening.
h.
i.
Sprinkler system shall be provided for the refuge floor if there is any
non-residential room located on the same floor.
j.
Escape routes leading to the holding area shall be through smokestop/fire fighting lobby or external corridor.
k.
l.
The fire lift car shall have a clear area/space of not less than 1.7m (depth) x
1.5m (width).
2.
The clear area/space (unobstructed by door swings) of fire fighting lobby shall
not be less than 6m.
3.
Two-way voice communication system shall be provided at the fire fighting lift
lobby serving the refuge floor.
4.
At least 2 nos of fire lifts shall be provided for super high-rise residential
building.
H2
Appendix 8 - 2
Appendix (9)
Appendix (9)
WATER SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS FOR WET RISER SYSTEM
The Fire Safety and Shelter Department (FSSD) had recently undertaken a study the
water supply requirements for wet riser systems. The main purpose of this review is to
determine the practicable water flow rate and the maximum water storage capacity required
for wet riser systems comprising multiple stacks of rising mains. The study revealed that the
current pumping and storage capacities as stipulated in SS 575 can be reduced, basing on the
fact that buildings having wet risers are likely to be sprinkler protected and the number of
fire hose jets likely to be deployed at the fire site. The reduction in water supply requirement
would result in less space less space requirements and thus impose smaller loads on the
building structure.
2
Henceforth, Engineers may adopt the following water supply requirement for the
design of the wet riser system :
No: of stacks
38 l/s
27 l/s
57 l/s
40.5 l/s
76 l/s
54 l/s
4 and above
95 l/s
67.5 l/s
The minimum water storage capacity shall be capable of supplying water at the above said
flow rate for the periods as specified in SS 575.
3
The contents of this circular serve as an alternative design approach for the
installation of wet riser systems in the new or existing buildings. The guidelines shall take
immediate effect.
I1
Appendix 9 - 1
Appendix (10)
Appendix 10
1.1
1.2
Petroleum service stations shall be sited away from any places of public assembly
where there is large number of people, such as town centres, neighbourhood
centres, important buildings and key installations. Examples of places of public
assembly are shown in Annex A (not exhaustively listed).
1.3
If the distances from the boundary line of the petroleum service stations to any
residential buildings and places of public assembly are within the following
dimensions,
a)
b)
Residential buildings
Places of public assembly
50 meters
90 meters
The route for tank vehicles leading to petroleum service stations should not pass
through or be near to the kind of places mentioned in clause 1.2.
1.5
1.6
Convenience stores integrated with the petroleum service station is limited to 150
square meters.
1.7
Consultation and approval with regards to new petroleum service station shall be
sought from FSSD (URA and NEA) before the actual plan submission with regards
to the Self-Regulation Scheme.
1.8
Licensing requirements must be in accordance to the Fire Safety Act, Fire Safety
(Petroleum & Flammable Materials) Regulations.
J1
Appendix 10 - 1
2.1
Tanks for all classes of petroleum in a Petroleum Service Station shall be installed
underground.
2.2
All underground tanks shall have a water capacity not more than 30kl each.
2.3
Tank Requirements
The tank shall be designed, constructed, installed and tested to meet any of the
following or other equivalent standards:
2.4
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
2.5
J2
Appendix 10 - 2
2.6
Corrosion Protection
Any underground tank and its associated piping shall be protected from corrosion by
one or more of the following methods:
(a) Protective coating or wrappings
(b) Cathodic protection
(c) Corrosion-resistant materials of construction
2.7
Venting
Each tank shall incorporate a vent to atmosphere for the vapour space above the
liquid.
2.8
Vent Capacity
The size of any vent shall be such that pressure or vacuums resulting from filling,
emptying or atmospheric temperature change, will not cause stresses in excess of the
maximum design stress for the tank and shall have a minimum internal diameter of
38mm.
2.9
Vent Piping
Any vent piping between the tank vent connection and the discharge point shall
comply with the following requirements (see Annex D):
(a) The vent pipes shall fall consistently back to the tank at a slope not less than 1 in
40.
(b) A vent pipe shall not pass through building foundations but may be embedded in
concrete, which is part of other building construction. A vent shall not be run
within a cavity wall but may pass through a cavity wall or through masonry which
incorporates cavities, provided that it is in a sleeve which will prevent vapour
gaining access to the cavities.
(c) A vent pipe may be either embedded in a concrete slab or laid in the earth. If the
vent pipe is laid in the earth, it shall be:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(d) The vent pipe and terminal shall be located or protected so that they are not
liable to damage resulting from normal activities.
(e) The vent pipe shall be vapour-tight throughout its length.
(f) All underground tanks or compartment in a tank shall have a separate individual
vent pipe.
2.10
J3
The discharge point of a vent shall comply with the following requirements:
Appendix 10 - 3
(a) The location, direction and velocity of discharge shall be such that venting
(f) All underground tanks or compartment in a tank shall have a separate individual
vent pipe.
2.10
2.11
Vent Terminal
(a) The discharge end of a vent shall be protected from the ingress of foreign
material by a protective cage of fitting and shall discharge only vertically upward
in order to disperse vapours.
(b) A vent provision shall be connected to a vapor recovery or collection system,
similarly provided for at the filling mentioned in clause 2.12.
2.12
Filling Connection
The filling connection to a storage tank, which is filled from a tank vehicle, shall
incorporate a vapor-tight connection. A cap or cover with lock shall be provided for
the filling point. Means shall be provided to prevent accumulation or abnormal
discharge of vapor during refilling by having a vapor recovery system.
2.13
J4
Appendix 10 - 4
(c) The filling point for any tank containing a Class I, Class II and Class III
petroleum shall be in open air at least 3.0m from any opening into a building and
boundary. If a distance of 3.0m cannot be complied, a vapour barrier made of
non-combustible material shall be used and shall not be less than 500mm high
above the center of the filling point inlet. The vapor barrier must be at least 1m
from the boundary line. The distance measured in a horizontal plane around the
end of any vapour barrier must be 3m from the center of the outer most filling
point inlet to the building and boundary. See Annex B for details.
(d) The edge of the tank vehicle designated parking area for refilling shall be at least
3m from any opening into any building and boundary.
(e) The filling point for the underground tank shall be located in such a way that
there are no obstructions for the tank vehicle to have a clear access from the
entry to the exit of the service station.
2.14
2.15
2.16
J5
Appendix 10 - 5
2.17
2.18
Pump Drive
Any motor or engine that drives a pump for use with any classes of petroleum shall
be of the type specifically approved for such use.
3.1
Dispensing units at a service station shall be located in the open air where they will
be adequately ventilated. These shall be located such that all parts of the vehicle
being served will be on the premises of the service station and shall be sited not less
than 6m away from any building, public roadway or boundary (see Annex B).
3.2
3.3
J6
Appendix 10 - 6
3.4
A control shall be provided such that the pump will operate only when a
dispensing nozzle is removed from its bracket or normal position with respect to
the dispensing unit and the switch on this dispensing unit is manually activated.
This control shall also stop the pump when all nozzles have been returned, either
to their bracket or to the normal non-dispensing position.
3.5
The dispensing unit and its piping shall be mounted on a concrete island. Each
island shall rise not less than 150mm above the surrounding ground level and
shall extend not less than 300mm on both sides of the dispensing units and at least
500mm from the dispensing unit to the edge of the base measured longitudinally
(see Annex C).
3.6
Hose length at service station shall not exceed 5m. When not in use hose shall be
secured so as to protect it from damage.
3.7
The nozzle through which fuel is dispensed to a vehicle shall be such that it
automatically closes when the fuel tanks of the vehicles are full.
3.8
3.9
4.1
This section shall apply to systems where petroleum is transferred from storage to
individual or multiple dispensing units by pumps located elsewhere than at the
dispensing units.
4.2
Pumps shall be designed or equipped so that no part of the system will be subjected
to pressure above its allowable working pressure.
4.3
Pumps installed above grade shall be located not less than 3m from the boundary or
building opening and shall be substantially anchored and protected against physical
damage.
4.4
Pit lid or cover for subsurface pumps or piping manifolds of submersible pumps
shall be in accordance with clause 2.4(c).
J7
Appendix 10 - 7
5.1
All self-service stations shall have at least one attendant on duty while the station
is open to the public. The attendant's primary function shall be to supervise, observe
and control the dispensing of petroleum. The attendant is to be above 18 years of
age formally trained in the safe handling of petroleum.
5.2
5.3
The dispensing area at all times is in clear view from the console area/cashier
(area having control of the emergency shut-off devices for all and individual
dispensing units including remote pumping systems).
5.4
A clear line-of-sight between the dispensing area and the console area/cashier
shall always be maintained.
5.5
The console/cashier operator shall at all times be able to communicate with persons
at the dispensing area. This can be by means of a voice communication system.
5.6
5.7
Provisions must be made for bollards and chains to be installed at the exit and
the entrance of the petroleum service station during refilling by the tank vehicle to
cater during high alert situations.
5.8
The setback distance from the edge of the roof of the dispensing area to any
boundary line must be in accordance to the requirements in clause 3.5.3 of the
Fire Code or 3m, which ever greater. (See Annex B).
6.1
All electrical wiring and equipment shall be of a type suitable for the location, in
accordance with NFPA 70 or SS 254.
CAUTION LABELING
7.1
WARNING SIGNS
8.1
8.2
The signs shall be posted not less than 1.8m and not more than 2.5m above the
ground level.
J8
Appendix 10 - 8
FIRE CONTROL
9.1
Fire Extinguishers
Approved types of fire extinguishers of rating not less than 70B (9kg) or 34B (2 x
4.5kg) shall be provided at the individual dispensing units and protected from the
weather.
9.2
Hose reels
(a) Sufficient hose reels coverage shall be provided such that the service station
usable area is within 6m of a nozzle attached to a 30m hose.
(b) Hosereels shall comply with the requirements of SS 575.
9.3
Absorbents
A small quantity of absorbent or sand (as a guide, 1 full bucket minimum of 40 litres)
shall be provided at the service station to mop up any spillage. These absorbent
materials shall be kept in a container in a close fitting lid and shall be installed in an
accessible place.
9.4
Fire Hydrant
Fire hydrant must be within 50m from any part of the fire engine access road. The
actual travel distance from the edge of the fire engine access road to the most remote
point of the petroleum service station usable space must not be more than 50m.
J9
Appendix 10 - 9
ANNEX A
Places of worship.
Schools.
Hospitals.
Shopping Centres / Malls.
Hotels.
Offices.
Town Centres.
Neighbourhood Centres.
Cinemas / Theatres.
Bus Interchanges.
MRT / LRT Stations.
Community Club / Centres.
Railway Stations.
Airport.
Convention Centres.
Exposition / Exhibition Centres.
Hawker Centres / Restaurants / Fast Food Centres / Discotheques / Night
Clubs.
Galleries / Museum.
Stadiums.
Swimming Complex.
Custom Check Points.
Amusement Centres.
Recreational premises.
Public places of assembly for persons admitted thereto by ticket (e.g. Zoo, Bird
Park, Amusement Parks, etc.)
J10
Appendix 10 - 10
FIRE CONTROL
9.1
Fire Extinguishers
LI 2
\_
_ \_
_
1_
EE
\~
Z
A|_|v_ __
i\
2|
Ii
II
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIi
IIII
>=6m
_
\
>=3m
ANNEX B
_
\
_I_|\
I\
_I_I_I_I_I
%%
Ql
krIIIIIIIIIIllIt
_
_
9.2
>=6m
Approved types of fire extinguishers of rating not less than 70B (9kg) or 34B (2 x
4.5kg) shall be provided at the individual dispensing units and protected from the
weather.
Hose reels
9.3
Fire Hydrant
Underground
Tanks
_I_|I\_I_I_
Fire hydrant must be within 50m from any part of the fire engine access road. The
actual travel distance from the edge of the fire engine access road to the most remote
point of the petroleum service station usable space must not be more than 50m.
Dispensers
9.4
Vents
_I_P_|
I_I_I__\
Filling
Points
\
J9
Appendix 10 - 11
I mm_\
2m
>=3m
Q
_
\
1m
(>=3m)
Vapour
Barrier
\
\\
>=2.5m
QQ
x
J11
A small quantity of absorbent or sand (as a guide, 1 full bucket minimum of 40 litres)
shall be provided at the service station to mop up any spillage. These absorbent
materials shall be kept in a container in a close fitting lid and shall be installed in an
accessible place.
>=2m
(a) Sufficient hose reels coverage shall be provided such that the service station
usable area is within 6m of a nozzle attached to a 30m hose.
ANNEX A
ANNEX C
J10
Appendix 10 - 12
150 mm
I
I
I
I
J12
ELEVATION
PUMP ISLAND
PLAN
300 mm
DISPENSER
500 mm
Emergency
Cut-Off
PUMP ISLAND
18)
19)
20)
21)
22)
23)
24)
Places of worship.
Schools.
Hospitals.
Shopping Centres / Malls.
Hotels.
Offices.
Town Centres.
Neighbourhood Centres.
Cinemas / Theatres.
Bus Interchanges.
MRT / LRT Stations.
Community Club / Centres.
Railway Stations.
Airport.
Convention Centres.
Exposition / Exhibition Centres.
Hawker Centres / Restaurants / Fast Food Centres / Discotheques / Night
Clubs.
Galleries / Museum.
Stadiums.
Swimming Complex.
Custom Check Points.
Amusement Centres.
Recreational premises.
Public places of assembly for persons admitted thereto by ticket (e.g. Zoo, Bird
Park, Amusement Parks, etc.)
>= 6m
<=15m
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
15)
16)
17)
ANNEX D
VENT
ii
4 m (minimum)
Boundary
Discharge vertically upwards
2 m (minimum)
<ii>
IIIIIII
Ground level
I
Slope 1:40
J13
Appendix 10 - 13
Underground tank
Appendix (11)
Appendix 11
REDUCED WATER STORAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR
SPRINKLER SYSTEMS IN BUILDINGS (for Ordinary Hazard Groups)
1
INTRODUCTION
1.1
1.2
GENERAL
2.1
These guidelines shall read in conjunction with Singapore Standard CP 52, Code
of Practice For Automatic Fire Sprinkler System [SS CP 52]. Where conflict
exists with between CP 52 and these guidelines, the requirements in this
guideline shall take precedence.
2.2
In adopting these guidelines in the design of the automatic fire sprinkler system,
the QP should inform the Building Owner the limitations of reduced water
storage capacities as allowed in these guidelines, prior to the design and
installation of the system.
SCOPE
3.1
3.2
3.3
K1
Appendix 11 - 1
DEFINITIONS
4.1
Reliable Inflow
The inflow to the sprinkler tank is considered reliable if the water inflow rate at
the inlet to the sprinkler tank is not less than 1.0 m3 / min and the inlet point is
located at reduced level 125m or below.
4.2
Unreliable Inflow
The inflow to the sprinkler tank is considered unreliable if the water inflow rate
at the inlet to the sprinkler tank is less than 1.0 m3 / min or the inlet point is
located at reduced level greater than 125m.
4.3
4.4
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
5.1
TANK SIZING
The minimum water storage capacities of the sprinkler tank shall be capable of
providing 30 minutes adequate water supply for the sprinkler pump operation.
5.1.1
System demand **
Proposed
minimum effective
capacity of storage tank
OH 1 [72m2]
540 l/min
12.5 m3
OH2 [144m2]
1000 l/min
25.0 m3
OH3 [216m2]
1350 l/min
37.5 m3
K2
Appendix 11 - 2
5.1.2
System demand **
Proposed
minimum effective
capacity of storage tank
OH 1 [72m2]
540 l/min
16.2 m3
OH 2 [144m2]
1000 l/min
30.0 m3
OH 3 [216m2]
1350 l/min
40.5 m3
PIPE SIZING
Full hydraulic calculation methods shall be adopted for the design of the
sprinkler system pipework. The sprinkler design must ensure that the flow does
not exceed the system demand as stipulated in Table 1 & 2, throughout the
installation. The flow and pressure limitations can be overcome by employing
listed constant flow pressure reducing valves or by including orifice plates at
connections to main distribution pipes.
WATER SUPPLY
6.1
6.2
K3
Appendix 11 - 3
Appendix (12)
Appendix 12
The scope of this Fire Safety Guidelines covers the fire safety requirements for high
containment facility or laboratory that handles biological agents or toxins, designed to
meet the WHO and MOHs requirements of Bio-Safety Level 3 [BSL-3] or higher.
DEFINITIONS
2.
Biological Agent refers to the biological agents stipulated in the First Schedule,
Second Schedule and Third Schedule of the Biological Agents and Toxins Act.
3.
Toxin refers to the toxins stipulated in the Fifth Schedule of the Biological Agents
and Toxins Act.
4.
5.
Anteroom is the proceeding room leading into the BSL-3 or BSL-4 containment
laboratory. This room is for showering and changing. It is also served as a containment
facility in controlling of air flow and providing additional physical containment between
the laboratory and adjoining spaces.
1.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
6.
BSL-3 or BSL-4 containment laboratory shall preferably be located at the ground floor
and shall be separated from areas that are open to unrestricted traffic flow within the
building. They shall be designed and constructed to comply with the requirements listed
herein, and the requirements of other relevant authorities, such as WHO, MOH, NEA,
etc.
7.
The word BSL-3 or BSL-4 shall be stated clearly in the project title and printed on
the top-right corner (lettering shall be bold, in red colour and at least 15mm in size) of
all the fire safety plans of the high containment facility.
L1
Appendix 12 - 1
FIRE COMPARTMENT
8.
9.
Entry to the high containment facility shall be either through a fire compartmented
lobby or an anteroom having at least 1-hour fire rating. The anteroom can also be
doubled up as the fireman staging lobby and both shall have a free working space of at
least 6 m2 in size. This additional fireman staging lobby is only meant for BSL-3 or BSL4 and shall comply fully with the clauses 2.2.13(b), (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of the Fire Code. A
designated rising main landing valve, complete with standby fire hose, and fire hose reel
shall be installed within the fireman staging lobby.
All high containment facilities shall be protected with sprinkler system. In a nonsprinkler-protected building, smoke detectors shall be installed along the exterior of the
periphery walls of the high containment facility. The fire protection circuit for BSL-3 or
BSL-4 shall be grouped in a different fire zone for ease of identification. The fire
protection systems shall be linked to the building fire alarm system and shall be
connected to fire station through an approved alarm monitoring station. If water
discharge within the high containment facility is undesirable or unacceptable, the
sprinkler system may be replaced by an approved fire extinguishing system.
Caution labels shall be provided at all the laboratory entrances and exits in accordance
with SS 286. In addition, a label indicating the information as shown in Annex A shall
be also provided.
14.
A sign of the following wording In the event of fire or any water discharge, please
notify PUB at 1800-2846600 for control of contaminated water run off. shall be
displayed at all entrances to the high containment facility.
L1
Appendix 12 - 2
Annex A
BIOHAZARD
Binrswfeiy Lem:
FIE15-1]-[H!.'BIhIIIIFIt$E[HII-[III
In use at Bmarganuy 1:111:
Dayiima 1:-harm:
_Hnmu phumr: _
L1
L3
Appendix 12 - 3
|"IHH
!"lI.'-"
Appendix (13)
Appendix 13
SCOPE
1.1
This Fire Safety Guidelines covers outdoor and indoor LPG cylinder installations. It
is intended for commercial, industrial and residential premises with eating outlets,
eating places, canteens, restaurants and other eateries which use LPG for cooking
purposes. It is also intended for industrial applications involving hot works.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2.1
All LPG cylinder installations shall be located outdoors and on the ground levels for
all commercial and industrial buildings. Locating LPG cylinders indoor is normally
not permitted, unless otherwise approved by the Commissioner SCDF under special
circumstances (please refer to the fire safety requirements for use/storage of LPG
cylinders within eating outlets are as stated in Annex H).
2.2
2.3
NFPA 54 and NFPA 58 shall be referred to for requirements not effected or covered
under this Fire Safety Guidelines.
2.4
b.
c.
d.
Housing for the LPG cylinders, e.g. cabinets, fencing, compartment wall,
etc.
M1
Appendix 13 - 1
2.5
2.5
3
3
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.5
3.5
3.6
3.6
3.6.1
3.6.1
all openings (doors, air intakes, windows, drains, manholes, etc.) and exits
adjacent
to the
LPG air
installation
all
openings
(doors,
intakes, windows, drains, manholes, etc.) and exits
adjacent to the LPG installation
Locations of hydrant, access way, access road, car parking area, building
boundary
lines, source
of ignition,
etc. road, car parking area, building
and
Locations
of hydrant,
access
way, access
and boundary lines, source of ignition, etc.
Fire safety provisions, e.g. fire hose reel, fire extinguisher, sprinkler
protection
any), gas leak
(if any),
Fire
safety(ifprovisions,
e.g.detector
fire hose
reel,etc.fire extinguisher, sprinkler
protection (if any), gas leak detector (if any), etc.
For LPG cylinders installation involving mechanical ventilation system and/or fire
suppression
system, separate
Mechanical
and/or Fire
Protection
For
LPG cylinders
installation
involvingVentilation
mechanicalplan
ventilation
system
and/or plan
fire
shall be submitted
SCDF for
approval. Ventilation plan and/or Fire Protection plan
suppression
system,toseparate
Mechanical
shall be submitted to SCDF for approval.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Main Considerations for Use of LPG
Main Considerations for Use of LPG
The following factors shall be taken into consideration when deciding on the
practicality
and reasonableness
to use
LPG:
The following
factors shall be
taken
into consideration when deciding on the
practicality and reasonableness to use LPG:
a.
Adequacy of ventilation
b.
Extent
of usage
of individual rooms
a.
Adequacy
of ventilation
c.
Existing
hazard
b.
Extent offire
usage
of individual rooms
d.
Suitable
of escape
c.
Existing means
fire hazard
e.
Fire
fighting
equipment
d.
Suitable
means
of escapeand provisions.
e.
Fire fighting equipment and provisions.
Codes of Practice & Standards
Codes of Practice & Standards
All cylinders and their ancillary fittings shall be designed, fabricated and tested in
accordance
accepted
codefittings
or standard
in Annex
A. and tested in
All cylinderswith
andthetheir
ancillary
shall as
bestated
designed,
fabricated
accordance with the accepted code or standard as stated in Annex A.
Fire Stopping
Fire Stopping
All pipes penetrating fire wall or floor slab shall be fire stopped appropriately.
Pressure
All pipes penetrating fire wall or floor slab shall be fire stopped appropriately.
Pressure
No liquid LPG or LPG vapor at pressure exceeding 20 psi (approximately 138 kPa)
shallliquid
be piped
building.
No
LPGinto
or any
LPG
vapor at pressure exceeding 20 psi (approximately 138 kPa)
shall be piped into any building.
Fire Extinguisher
Fire Extinguisher
The LPG installation shall be provided with at least one approved portable B:C rating
dry chemical
fire extinguisher
a minimum
capacity
of 9kg. portable B:C rating
The
LPG installation
shall be having
provided
with at least
one approved
dry chemical fire extinguisher having a minimum capacity of 9kg.
Warning Sign / Notice
Warning Sign / Notice
A warning sign or notice of minimum size of 800mm x 600mm shall be permanently
andwarning
legibly displayed
at theoffront
of the size
installation.
A
sign or notice
minimum
of 800mm x 600mm shall be permanently
and legibly displayed at the front of the installation.
M2
M2
Appendix 13 - 2
3.6.2
3.6.3
Immediately under the classification of Hazmat, three equal boxes showing: (1) the
emergency action (Hazchem Code); (2) the licensed quantity in litres and (3) the
telephone number and name of the supplier company whom specialized advice can be
obtained at all times. (see Annex G)
4.1
4.1.1
LPG cylinders shall be placed on a firm, clean, dry and level base. They shall be sited
at ground level and a well-ventilated area where any gas leakage can safely and rapidly
disperse. They shall not be placed close to any passageways or exits and shall not
cause any obstruction or danger to the occupants during gas leakage or fire.
4.1.2
LPG cylinders shall not be located within 3m of any fire exit route of a building having
only one exit. If the 3m distance cannot be complied with, a 2-hour fire rated
masonry wall shall be provided between the fire exit and the LPG installation so as to
achieve the equivalent 3m horizontal distance. The masonry wall shall be at least 1.8m
high.
4.1.3
The LPG cylinders shall be located at least 1.5m horizontally away from any openings
(windows, doors, air vents, balanced-flue outlets, etc.) of the building having more
than one exit. If the 1.5m distance cannot be complied, a 2-hour fire rated masonry
wall must be provided between the openings and the installation so as to maintain a
1.5m horizontal distance. The masonry wall should be at least 1.8m high.
4.1.4
4.1.5
LPG cylinders shall be located at least 5m horizontally from any mechanical air intake
which is below any part of the manifold system and 1.5m from any mechanical intake
which is above any part of the manifold system.
4.1.6
LPG cylinders may be installed below windows or openings provided that there is a
minimum distance of 150mm between the top of any cylinder or the manifold system
and the bottom of the windows or openings.
4.1.7
LPG cylinders of total capacity up to 600kg shall be located at least 1.5m from any
uncovered opening that is below the level of the cylinders, such as drains, pits,
openings to basements, etc. For LPG cylinders having total capacity above 600kg, the
distance from any uncovered opening shall be at least 3m.
4.1.8
LPG cylinders shall be located at least 3m away from any boundary and any fire engine
accessway.
4.1.9
LPG cylinders shall be located at least 10m away from any fire hydrant.
M3
Appendix 13 - 3
4.2
4.2.1
LPG cylinders located in places accessible to the public shall be protected and locked
against tampering and accidental damage by fencing of height not less than 1.8m, a
suitable housing or a cabinet made of non-combustible material.
4.1.2
There shall not be any corrosive, toxic or oxidizing materials located within 6 meters
from the cylinder installation.
4.3
Safety Provisions
4.3.1
4.3.2
For kitchen provided with fixed fire suppression system, activation of the system shall
automatically shut off the supply of LPG to the kitchen.
4.3.3
Remote Emergency shut-off valve shall be located at least 3m away from the edge of
the installation. It shall be clearly marked and placed at a suitable height for easy
access during emergencies. (see Annex B).
4.3.4
4.3.5
All fixed electrical equipment within 1.5m of the installation shall be spark-proof and
intrinsically safe in accordance with the relevant clause in SS 254.
4.3.6
Vaporizers shall not be installed inside the steel cabinet or within the same housing of
the LPG cylinders. Wall-mounted vaporizers shall be located at least 1.8m above the
ground and 600mm away from any LPG cylinder.
4.3.7
The distance between two separate manifold systems shall be at least 3m. If a 2-hour
fire rated wall is constructed, the distance between the two nearest cylinders may be
halved.
4.4
Allowable Quantities
4.4.1
LPG cylinder installation (for eating outlets) with capacity up to a maximum of 600kg
by weight attached to a single manifold system installed adjacent to a building is
allowed provided that the following requirements are fully complied with (see Annex
B1 and C):
a.
maximum two numbers of steel cabinets are allowed for each installation, and
each cabinet is allowed to house a maximum of 6 x 50kg LPG cylinders;
b.
the separation distance between the two cabinets shall be at least 600mm; and
c.
the building is of non-combustible construction and the wall has a fire rating
of at least 2 hours resistance.
M4
Appendix 13 - 4
d
4.4.2
the maximum number of LPG manifold system shall not exceed two per
building.
maximum two numbers of steel cabinets are allowed for each installation and
each cabinet is allowed to house a maximum of 10 x 50kg LPG cylinders; and
b.
5.1
General
5.1.1
LPG cylinder installation shall be properly located so as not to cause any obstruction
to the fire escape and any danger to the public. Suitable access to the cylinder for
emergency services shall be provided.
5.1.2
The edge of the installation shall be at least 3m from any boundary or any fire engine
access way.
5.2
Safety Provisions
5.2.1
The area or compartment where the LPG cylinders, pipes works and ancillary fittings
are installed should be sprinkler protected. If sprinkler system is not provided or the
premises is air-conditioned, an approved gas leak detector system shall be provided in
that compartment, kitchen and dining area, with a local alarm connected to a main fire
alarm panel. The leak detector should link to the exhaust fan control panel and the
emergency shut-off valve where applicable. (see Annex A)
5.2.2
The location of the gas leak detector should preferably be not more than 30cm above
the ground level and not more than 4m away from the edge of the installation and the
point of consumption.
5.2.3
Remote Emergency shut-off valve shall not be installed inside the compartment and
be at least 1.5m away from the edge of the installation. It shall be clearly marked and
at a suitable height to access during emergencies.
5.2.4
Fixed fire suppression system, if installed, shall be linked to the LPG cylinder
installation in such a way that activation of the system shall automatically shut off the
supply of LPG to the kitchen.
5.2.5
Vaporizers (where applicable) shall not be installed inside the compartment or within
the same housing of the LPG cylinders.
M5
Appendix 13 - 5
5.2.6
The compartment shall only be used for LPG cylinder installation. No other usage is
allowed.
5.2.7
The floor of the compartment shall be a smooth concrete base (rough surface might
cause sparking during loading/unloading of cylinders) containing no opening or drain
where vapor may accumulate and shall be level or slope down towards the ventilated
external wall.
5.2.8
A ramp or sill of 250mm high shall be provided across the doorway (where applicable)
into the compartment where LPG cylinders are installed to contain any heavy LPG
vapor within the compartment.
5.2.9
All electrical connections and appliances shall be installed in accordance with the
relevant clauses in SS 254.
5.3
b.
Allowable Quantity
i)
ii)
The area or compartment in which the LPG cylinders are installed shall
be sprinkler protected. If the compartment is not sprinkler protected,
the quantity of LPG shall be halved (i.e. 200kg).
iii)
Compartment
i)
The compartment shall have at least one external wall and there shall
be no access from the compartment into the building.
ii)
iii)
M6
Appendix 13 - 6
c.
5.4
Ventilation
i)
Doors shall have high and low level louvers and shall be opened
outwards.
ii)
iii)
High and low vents shall be provided on the external wall at just below
ceiling level and above floor level. The total free area of the vents
provided shall be at least 300 cm/m of floor area.
iv)
The vent openings shall be kept free from obstruction and shall not
discharge directly onto a public place, e.g. a pavement or path. It shall
not be less than 5m from any air intake openings and shall be at least
1.5m horizontally away from any building opening which is below the
vent opening level.
v)
b.
Design
i)
The maximum depth of the recess shall be not more than 1m deep.
ii)
The floor, ceiling and the dividing walls between the recess and the
internal spaces of the building shall be brick or concrete, noncombustible and shall have a fire resistant rating of not less than 2
hours.
iii)
Access to the recess shall only be from the external of the building.
Location
i)
The recess shall be at ground-floor level and shall be for the exclusive
use of housing LPG cylinders.
M7
Appendix 13 - 7
ii)
ii)
c.
c.
d.
d.
The recess shall not be located within 3m of any fire exit route from a
The
recess
located
withinmeans
3m ofofany
fireIfexit
from a
building
thatshall
hasnot
onlybeone
designated
exit.
theroute
3m distance
building
thatcomplied
has only with,
one designated
of exit.
If thewall
3m distance
cannot be
a 2-hour means
fire rated
masonry
shall be
cannot
complied
a 2-hour
rated masonry
shall the
be
providedbebetween
thewith,
fire exit
and thefire
installation
so as towall
achieve
provided
between
the
fire
exit
and
the
installation
so
as
to
achieve
the
3m horizontal distance.
3m horizontal
iii)
The
recess shalldistance.
be located at least 1.5m from any horizontal openings
iii)
The recess doors,
shall beairlocated
least 1.5m from
any etc.)
horizontal
(windows,
vents, atbalanced-flue
outlets,
of theopenings
building
(windows,
doors,
air vents,
balanced-flue
outlets,
of themeasured
building
having
more
than
one designated
means
of etc.)
escape,
having morefrom
thantheone
designated
means ofIf the
escape,
horizontally
nearest
LPG cylinder.
1.5mmeasured
distance
horizontally
from thewith,
nearest
LPG fire
cylinder.
If the 1.5m
cannot
be complied
a 2-hour
rated masonry
wall distance
shall be
cannot
complied
a 2-hour
fireinstallation
rated masonry
shall the
be
providedbebetween
thewith,
openings
and the
so as towall
achieve
provided
between
the openings and the installation so as to achieve the
1.5m horizontal
distance.
1.5m horizontal distance.
iv)
The recess shall be located at least 3m from ignition source.
iv)
The recess shall be located at least 3m from ignition source.
iv)
A minimum distance of 3m horizontal distance must be maintained
iv)
A minimum
distanceedge
of of
3ma vehicle
horizontal
distance
be maintained
between
the nearest
parking
lot tomust
the recessed
area.
between the nearest edge of a vehicle parking lot to the recessed area.
v)
Recessed area located below windows or openings shall maintain is a
v)
Recessed area
located
below windows
shall
maintain
minimum
distance
of 150mm
between or
theopenings
top of the
recessed
areaisora
minimum
distance
of
150mm
between
the
top
of
the
recessed
area or
any part of the manifold system (piping, vaporizer, etc., whichever
is
any partand
of the
the bottom
manifold
(piping,
higher)
of system
the windows
or vaporizer,
openings. etc., whichever is
higher) and the bottom of the windows or openings.
vi)
LPG cylinders shall be located at least 5m horizontally from any
vi)
LPG cylinders
shall bewhich
located
at leastany
5mpart
horizontally
from any
mechanical
air intake
is below
of the manifold
system
mechanical
air intake
which is below
partisofabove
the manifold
and
1.5m from
any mechanical
intakeany
which
any part system
of the
and 1.5m system.
from any mechanical intake which is above any part of the
manifold
manifold system.
Allowable Quantity
Allowable Quantity
i)
A maximum of 400kg of LPG is allowed to be installed using a single
i)
A
maximum
of 400kg
LPG
is allowed
be installed
a single
manifold
system
insideofthe
recessed
area. toThe
quantity using
of cylinder
is
manifold
inside the recessed
area. The
of cylinder
restricted system
to 8, irregardless
of the capacity
of quantity
each cylinder
(e.g. is2
restricted
irregardless
of 2the
capacity
each
cylinder (e.g. 2
groups of 4tox 8,
50kg
cylinders or
groups
of 4 xof15kg
cylinders).
groups of 4 x 50kg cylinders or 2 groups of 4 x 15kg cylinders).
ii)
The space or compartment where the pipes works and ancillary fittings
ii)
The
space or should
compartment
where the
pipes works
andfor
ancillary
fittings
are installed
be sprinkler
protected
(except
the recessed
are
should
sprinkler
protected
(except
for the recessed
area).installed
If not, the
LPGbe
quantity
would
be halved
(200kg).
area).
If not, the LPG
quantity
be halved
(200kg).
iii)
For commercial
premises,
thewould
maximum
number
of LPG manifold
iii)
For
commercial
premises,
maximum number of LPG manifold
system
shall not exceed
two the
per building.
system shall not exceed two per building.
Safety
Safety
i)
Any pipe penetration on the walls of the recess area shall be suitably
i)
Anystopped
pipe penetration
onthe
the2-hour
walls fire
of the
recess area
be suitably
fire
to maintain
resistance
of theshall
walls.
fire stopped to maintain the 2-hour fire resistance of the walls.
ii)
For air-conditioned premises, an approved gas leak detector system
ii)
For air-conditioned
an approved
gas the
leak LPG
detector
shall
be provided inpremises,
the compartment
where
pipessystem
pass
shall be with
provided
the compartment
the alarm
LPG panel.
pipes pass
through,
a localinalarm
connected to awhere
main fire
The
through,
with a local
connected
a main fan
fire control
alarm panel.
gas
leak detector
shallalarm
be linked
to thetoexhaust
panel The
and
gas emergency
leak detector
shall be
linked
to applicable.
the exhaust(see
fanAnnex
controlA)panel and
the
shut-off
valve
where
the emergency shut-off valve where applicable. (see Annex A)
M8
M8
Appendix 13 - 8
e.
Ventilation
Permanent unobstructed high and low ventilation openings, not less than
300cm/m of recess floor area, shall be provided for venting the recess space
to the external of the building.
M9
Appendix 13 - 9
ANNEX A
STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR LPG CYLINDER INSTALLATIONS
A.
STANDARDS
The following standards for LPG cylinders and ancillary fittings shall be complied with:
S/N
ITEM
Cylinder
Cylinder Fittings
3
Note:
STANDARDS
PLS LISTING
SS 99
Yes
a) Flexible Hose
SS 233
Yes
b) Regulator
Yes
c) Cylinder valve
SS 294
Yes
BS EN 50054, BS EN 50057
and BS 5345 Part 1 and 3
Yes
(a)
SS 99
(b)
SS 233
(c)
SS 281
(d)
(e)
SS 294
(f)
BS 5345 Pt 1 & 3
A-1
Appendix 13 - 10
ANNEX A
B.
SPECIFICATIONS
1.
b.
Flexible hoses
i.
ii.
Regulators
Regulators shall comply with the standards as specified in the table
above.
c.
ii.
iii.
d.
Valves
i.
Cylinder Valves
Cylinder valves shall comply with the standards as specified in the
table above.
A-2
Appendix 13 - 11
ANNEX A
ii.
e.
Safety Valves
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Piping
i.
ii.
iii.
The manifold and main LPG supply pipeline shall be welded together
as far as practicable. Welders for the piping work must be qualified
and certified by a recognized body.
A-3
Appendix 13 - 12
ANNEX A
f.
g.
h.
iv.
v.
The liquid LPG pipelines shall be painted in Blue and the vapor
LPG pipelines in Yellow with the marking of the word LP-Gas at
intervals of not more than 3m.
vi.
Pigtail
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
The ball valve shall be rated to at least 600 PSI (41 bar).
Pressure Gauge
i.
ii.
For high-pressure section, the gauge shall have a range of 0 to 300 PSI
(0 to 20.1 bar)
iii.
Vaporizer
i.
A-4
Appendix 13 - 13
ANNEX A
i.
(a)
(b)
(c)
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Vaporizers shall have a pressure relief valve set at 250 PSI (17.24 bar)
with the release point directed upward.
Knock-out pot
The knockout pot shall have at least two drain valves. The drain shall
end at ground level and plugged at the end.
j.
Gas Meters
i.
ii.
Gas meters shall be selected for the maximum expected pressure and
permissible pressure drop.
iii.
iv.
Vapor meters of the die cast or iron case type shall be permitted to be
used at any pressure equal to or less than the working pressure for
which they are designed and marked.
v.
A-5
Appendix 13 - 14
ANNEX A
k.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
Strainers
Strainers shall be designed to minimize the possibility of particulate
materials clogging lines and damaging meters or regulators. The
strainer element shall be accessible for cleaning.
2.
b.
c.
Any essential safety control (in the vaporizer) depending on electrical current
as the operating medium shall be of a type that will shut off (fail safe) the
flow of gas in the event of current failure.
A-6
Appendix 13 - 15
ANNEX A
3.
Gas leak detection system shall be provided for LPG pipes running in air
conditioned areas (including the dining & kitchen area) or within basement
floor).
b.
Gas Leak
Detection
System
c.
OFF
OFF
ON
Kitchen
Exhaust
System
OFF
Kitchen Fire
Suppression
System
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
A-7
Appendix 13 - 16
oxidizing,
ANNEX A
4.
d.
Proper metal pipe sleeves shall be installed for the gas pipes running in
enclosed, unventilated areas or basement floor, and at last one end exposed
directly to the exterior open safe space (it may be used to facilitate the gas
leak detection system).
Endorsement on this guideline, NFPA 58, NFPA 54, other relevant and
approved standards and the Fire Code.
b.
c.
Detailed plan and elevation views associated with the LPG installation
showing the following:
d.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
A-8
Appendix 13 - 17
0.6m
Appendix 13 - 18
3m
3m
B-1
boundary line
window
1.5m
3m
1.5m
W?M
fire exit route
0.6m
1.5m
__k\|
3m
vaporizer
0.6m
_ _ _
emergency shut-off
valve
0.6m
Window
1.5m
5::
(All distances are minimum values)
1.5m
uncovered openings
ANNEX B
\\
2H
Appendix 13 - 19
uncovered openings
3m
3m
X_XX_XX_X
boundary line
3m
TW Y2
1.5m
1.5m
X_
2m
3m
|L
MII IP X_Xin
E
_
RH
3m
aI
2 groups of 8 x 50kg LPG cylinders
attached to a single manifold
vaporizer
0.6m
_
__
__
__
_ _l _
__
_
emergency shut-off
valve
3m
3m
ANNEX B
I
_|
Window
1.5m
____
B-2
boundary line
%\
Appendix 13 - 20
3 min.
s600kg to
1000kg
(Industrial
applications
only)
kg
3 min.
LPG
quantity
Not more
than 600kg
Distance
from
boundary
2 max.
2 max.
no.
No. of
cabinets
per
manifold
10 max.
6 max.
no.
No. of
cylinders
per
cabinet /
cluster
20 max.
12 max.
no.
No. of
cylinders
per
manifold
3m min. or
2-hr fire
rated wall
0.6 min.
Distance
between
cabinet /
cluster
2 min.
1.5 min.
Distance
from drains,
pit, manhole,
oil tank bund
wall,
basement
opening etc.
1.5 min.
(more than
one exit)
3 min.
(one exit
only)
1.5 min.
(more than
one exit)
3 min.
(one exit
only)
Distance
from fire
exit route
1.5 min.
1.5 min.
Horizontal
distance from
windows,
doors, vents,
balance flue
outlets, etc.
1.5 min.
(intakes above
manifold system)
5 min.
(intakes below
manifold system)
1.5 min.
(intakes above
manifold system)
5 min.
(intakes below
manifold system)
Distance from
mechanical air
intake
C-1
3 min.
(with 2-hr
fire rated
wall)
6 min.
(no fire rated
wall)
1.5 min.
(with 2-hr
fire rated
wall)
3 min.
(no fire rated
wall)
Distance
between
manifold
systems
3.0 min.
3.0 min.
Distance
from
vehicle
parking
lot
ANNEX C
Appendix 13 - 21
OO
1.5m
Opposite
Wall Not
More Than
3 Meters
3m
_
%%
External
Opposite
Wall Not
More Than
3 Meters
WM
ANNEX D
GOOD
GU30
D-1
ih
//
A
Appendix 13 - 22
1m
Maximum, 8 x 50kg
2hr fire resistance
The space or compartment where the internal pipes works and ancillary fittings
are installed should be sprinkler protected (except for recessed area). If not, the
LPG quantity would be halved (200kg). For air-conditioned premises, an approved
gas leak detector system should be provided in the compartment where the LPG
pipe runs
@G @ @|J\m
E-1
ANNEX E
Appendix 13 - 23
Recessed Area
Separate
Compartment
Location of
LPG
Maximum
8 cylinders
400 max.
(8 x 50kg or 8
x 15 kg)
Maximum
8 cylinders
hr
kg
400 max.
(8 x 50kg or 8
x 15 kg)
Fire rating of
compartment
Quantity
Allowed
Not applicable
Distance
from Open
flame,
ignition
source
a) 300cm opening
per m of
compartment floor
area
b) high and low
vents shall be
provided
c) min. length of
external wall : 6m
a) 300cm opening
per m of
compartment floor
area
Natural Ventilation
Not applicable
0.3
per meter square
of compartment
floor area
m / min
Mechanical
Ventilation
3m if only
one exit,
otherwise
1.5m
1.5
Distance
from exits
F-1
5 min.
(intakes below
manifold system)
1.5 min.
(intake above
manifold system)
5 min.
(intakes below
manifold system)
1.5 min.
(intakes above
manifold system)
Min. Dist. Of
discharge from
mech. air intake
ANNEX F
600mm
Appendix 13 - 24
500mm
(LETTERINGS IN RED)
CLASS LABEL
300mm
(LETTERINGS IN BLACK)
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY
CALL ABC LP GAS SUPPLY
7654321
IN CASE OF FIRE CALL 995
LPG
LICENSED QUANTITY
2WE
HAZCHEM CODE
FLAMMABLE
GAS
WHITE BACKGROUND
NO NAKED LIGHTS
NO SMOKING
FLAMMABLE
HIGHLY
LPG
LETTERINGS IN RED
G-1
100mm
100mm
100mm
300mm
ANNEX G
ANNEX H
B.
DEFINITION
Eating outlet
Food stall
General Requirements
All eating outlets shall not use or store LPG cylinders within building unless the
following conditions are fulfilled :
a. The eating outlet is located on or above ground level;
b. It shall be naturally ventilated;
C.
Allowable Quantity
a. The maximum allowable quantity of LPG shall be limited to 2 x 15kg cylinders (including
standby cylinder) per food stall; and
b. The total capacity for each eating outlet shall not be more than 200 kg.
D.
LPG cylinders shall be housed in a 2.5mm thick steel cabinet. There shall be not
more than 2 x 15 kg cylinders in each cabinet.
ii.
Appendix 13 - 25
ANNEX H
iii.
The cabinet shall be adequately ventilated with openings at the bottom of the cabinet.
iv.
ii.
Plan Approval
1) Plan submission is not necessary (unless the system is linked to the kitchen automatic fire
suppression system). However, the LPG supplier/dealer and the user shall be responsible to
ensure that the LPG installation is carried out by a competent person.
Note
To facilitate the storage/use of 15kg LPG cylinders within building, the above-mentioned
conditions and the Reg. 53 of the Fire Safety (Petroleum And Flammable Materials)
Regulations 2005 shall be observed strictly by all parties including the gas supplier, dealer,
user and the building management (or FSM).
The eating outlet or food stall operator together with the gas supplier/dealer are responsible
to ensure that the automatically shut off system is well maintained and that the gas leak
detection system is checked and calibrated periodically basing on the manufacturing
recommendation by a competent person.
The buildings Fire Certificate inspection programme shall include the automatic detection
and shut off system.
H-2
Appendix 13 - 26
Appendix (14)
Appendix 14
The Fire Safety and Shelter Department (FSSD) had recently undertaken a study
to review the water supply requirements for fire-fighting systems in high-rise
buildings. The main purpose of this review is to facilitate the installation of
combined storage and pumping facilities for fire-fighting systems in high-rise
buildings which would result in less space requirements, smaller loads imposed
on the building structure and less cost in maintaining the system. The outcome
of the study reveals that the wet riser storage tank is able to cater to the effective
operation of both sprinkler and wet riser systems, taking into consideration the
response time of SCDF's fire fighting crew to fire incidents and standard
operations procedures at fire site.
Engineers in designing combined sprinkler and wet riser systems shall conform
to the provisions stipulated in SS CP 52 and SS 575, except that there is no need
to cater for water storage for the sprinkler systems demand. Pump sets shall be
designed for the simultaneous operation of both the sprinkler and wet riser
systems. The combined systems sprinkler risers and wet riser stacks shall not be
interconnected by sprinkler system piping or a single riser serve both systems.
The contents of this circular serve as an alternative design approach for the
installation of sprinkler and wet riser systems in the new or existing buildings
having ordinary hazard category classification. The guidelines shall take
immediate effect.
Appendix 14 - 1
QWNWg
\.
-..
.
'. \.\
..'ll,7/
FSG 1:2008
:
\'m
Appendix
Appendix15(15)
FIRE
SHELTER DEPARTMENT
FIRE SAFETY AND SHELTER
CIVIL DEFENCE
DEFENCE FORCE
SINGAPORE CIVIL
FORCE
Released by :
Appendix 15 - 1
Appendix 15
1.
SCOPE
This Fire Safety Guidelines cover the accreditation requirements for certification
bodies which want to practise in Singapore, the list of regulated fire safety
products/materials and the standards which these products/materials are required to
comply with.
2.
ACCREDITATION REQUIREMENTS
2.1
All certification bodies which intend to practise in Singapore to certify regulated fire
safety products/materials shall be accredited by Singapore Accreditation Council
(SAC) or any accreditation body which has mutual recognition arrangement with SAC.
The accreditation shall be in accordance with ISO/IEC Guide 65 (General
requirements for bodies operating Product Certification Systems) and IAF Guidance
to ISO/IEC Guide 65.
2.2
All overseas certification bodies shall have their local offices and representatives in
Singapore to follow up on queries/complaints and monitor the products/materials
certified by them.
2.3
Any certification body which wants to participate in the product listing scheme shall
inform SCDF officially of its intention. The following document(s) shall be submitted
to SCDF for record:
a)
b)
Notwithstanding the above, SCDF may request for additional information or impose
other requirements from the certification body during application.
SAC MLA partners refer to Pacific Accreditation Cooperation (PAC) and International Accreditation
Forum (IAF) MLA members
Appendix 15 - 2
Appendix 15
3.
CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
Certification of regulated fire safety products/materials shall be based on the following
certification systems:
a.
b.
4.
SAC MRA partners refer to Asia Pacific Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation (APLAC), International
Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation (ILAC) and European co-operation for Accreditation (EA) MRA
signatories
Appendix 15 - 3
Appendix 15
ANNEX A
LIST OF FIRE SAFETY PRODUCTS/MATERIALS TO BE CERTIFIED
UNDER ISO Type 2 Certification System
1. Raised Floor Panel (1)(2)
1. ASTM D635
Appendix 15 - 4
Appendix 15
Annex B
LIST OF FIRE SAFETY PRODUCTS/MATERIALS TO BE CERTIFIED
UNDER ISO Type 5 & 7 Certification Systems
Product
Acceptable Standards
1. BS EN 54 Pt 2 & 4 and
2. CP10
2. Fire-rated Collar
3. Fire Pump
4. Fire-rated Partition(10)
4.1 Compartment wall (1)
Appendix 15 - 5
Appendix 15
6. Fire-rated Ceiling(10)
6.1 Compartmentation (1)
(1)
9. Fire-rated Ventilation,
Smoke-extraction and/or
Kitchen Exhaust Ducting
System (1) (6) (10)
1. UL 300
(10)
Appendix 15 - 6
Appendix 15
12. Fire-rated Glass Block/
Partition/Panel (7)
1. SS 263 Pt 2 and
2. SS 508 Pt 1 & 2 and
3. SS 563
1. SS 263 Pt 2 and
2. SS 563
1. SS 563
1. EN 671 Pt 1 and
2. SS 575
1. BS 6391
1. SS 332
1. SS 489
1. BS 5499 Pt 2 and
2. SS 508 Pt 1 & 2 and
3. SS 563
Appendix 15 - 7
Appendix 15
25. Portable Fire
Extinguisher
1. SS 232 Pt 1 to 6
1. SS 299
1. BS 5041 Pt 1
1. BS 5041 Pt3
1. SS 332 : Clause 5
1. FSSDs requirements
1. FSSDs requirements
Note :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Heating test
Washing test
Humidity test
Appendix 15 - 8
QWNW_
:
\'m
Appendix (16)
\.
-..
.
I. \.\
..ll'7/
Released by :
Fire Safety Consultation Branch
Fire Safety & Shelter Department
( Total 7 pages )
Appendix
- 1 16
- -1
FSR 2:2008
Appendix 16
Appendix 16
SCOPE
1.1
The scope of this Fire Safety Requirements comprises (FSR) the design,
construction, installation and maintenance of temporary workers quarters in
uncompleted buildings on construction sites. It also includes fire safety plans
submission procedures for such workers quarters.
1.2
This FSR shall not be applicable if the aggregate number of workers housed in the
temporary workers quarters in the uncompleted permanent building(s) on the
construction site is not more than 40.
GENERAL
2.1
The temporary workers quarters shall be located within the boundary of the
construction site.
2.2
The temporary workers quarters shall not be located higher than 10m above the
access road level of the uncompleted building and shall not be lower than second
basement level.
2.3
The temporary workers quarters shall only be used for housing workers working
within the construction site.
2.4
The accommodation period for the temporary workers quarters shall be up to the
time before Temporary Occupation Permit (TOP) application from the Building &
Construction Authority (BCA).
Appendix
- 2 16
- -2
Appendix 16
3.1
The main contractor of the project shall engage a Qualified Person(s) to design and
supervise the erection of the temporary workers quarter(s).
3.2
The Qualified Person(s) shall submit fire safety plans for the proposed temporary
workers quarters to SCDF for approval prior to the commencement of the fire
safety works. Upon completion, the QP shall inspect the fire safety works and issue
a Certificate of Supervision after all fire safety works have been inspected and
complied with all fire safety requirements stipulated in this FSR. Inspection by
Registered Inspector (RI) and TFP/FSC application are not required.
4.1
4.1.1
The occupant load shall be based on the floor area of the temporary workers
quarters on the basis of 3m2 per person, excluding non-simultaneous areas such as
toilets, kitchens etc., or the actual number of occupants for which each occupied
space of the floor is designed as shown on the plan, whichever is greater.
4.1.2
The travel distance, measured from the most remote point of the quarters to the
nearest exit staircase or other exits, shall not exceed the maximum travel distance
permitted under Table 1 below.
Max Travel Distance (m)
(One-way travel)
Unsprinklered
Sprinkered
Unsprinklered
Sprinklered
15
30
45
75
Every storey shall be provided with exit facilities for its occupant load. Only those
exits designated for escape of the workers shall be included in the exit capacity
calculations.
4.2
Compartmentation
4.2.1
Appendix
- 3 16
- -3
Appendix 16
4.2.2
The floor area of each worker bedroom or the total floor area of a group of small
worker bedrooms shall not exceed 120m2. Compartment wall of having fire
resistance rating of at least 1 hour shall be provided to separate the bedrooms so as
to limit each compartment size to a maximum of 120m2.
4.2.3
The worker bedrooms shall be separated from the internal corridor by a wall having
fire resistance rating of at least 1 hour. Doors opening into the internal corridor
shall have fire resistance rating of at least half an hour.
4.2.4
The worker bedrooms shall be separated from the external corridor by a wall
having fire resistance rating of at least 1 hour, except that ventilation openings of
non-combustible construction can be fixed at or above a level of 1.1m, measured
from the finished floor level of the external corridor to the sill height of the
opening. Doors opening into the external corridor are not required to have fire
resistance rating. External corridors shall conform to the requirements of external
exit passageway for minimum width, change in floor level, roof protection and
enclosure on the open side.
4.2.5
4.2.6
Office and storage are allowed in the basement(s) where the temporary workers
quarters are located. They shall be compartmented from the accommodation areas
with minimum 1-hour fire-rated compartment wall and -hour fire rated door.
4.2.7
Hot work is not allowed in the basement(s) where the temporary workers quarters
are located.
4.3
Exit Staircase
4.3.1
For above ground levels, provision of only one exit staircase is permitted provided
that the one-way travel distance stipulated in Table 1 above is complied with. The
exit staircase shall discharge directly to exterior open space.
4.3.2
At least two independent exit staircases shall be provided for the temporary
workers quarters located in basement levels.
4.4
4.4.1
Emergency lightings and exit signs serving the temporary workers quarters shall
comply with the requirements stipulated in the Fire Code.
Appendix
- 4 16
- -4
Appendix 16
5.1
5.1.1
Where dry riser system is required for the main development, they shall be
commissioned and made operable for the storeys housing the temporary workers
quarters during the accommodation period. Wet riser system is not necessary for
the sole purpose of such temporary workers quarters during the accommodation
period.
5.1.2
Standby fire hoses can be installed in lieu of the dry riser system, on condition that
the temporary workers quarters are adequately covered by fire hose reel(s).
5.2
5.2.1
Provision of fire engine access road shall be provided in accordance with the
requirements for the development. Only the portion of the fire engine access road
serving the temporary workers quarters shall be made available.
5.3
5.3.1
Every part of the required fire engine access road shall be within an unobstructed
distance of 50m from the nearest working fire hydrant.
5.3.2
Where the remotest temporary workers quarter is located not more than 100m
away from the site entrance at the public road, provision of working private fire
hydrant is exempted.
5.3.3
A temporary dry fire hydrant is allowed. The dry fire hydrant shall be
connected to a 150mm diameter pipe, which shall be connected the other end to a
4-way breeching inlet. This breeching inlet shall be within 18m from any accessway
or fire engine access road having minimum 4m width and within 50m from any wet
fire hydrant.
5.4
5.4.1
Provision of fire extinguishers shall comply with the requirements stipulated in the
Fire Code.
5.4.2
Provision of fire hose reels shall comply with the requirements stipulated in the
Fire Code.
Appendix
- 5 16
- -5
Appendix 16
5.5
5.5.1
5.5.2
no point within the basement(s) is more than 12m from any vertical
opening or void for spaces that are in between two openings or voids;
(ii)
no point shall be more than 6m from any opening or void for spaces that
are ventilated by such opening or void on only one side; and
(iii)
5.5.3
The total aggregate area of these voids and vertical openings shall also be not less
than 20% of the total basement floor area.
5.5.4
5.5.5
For temporary workers quarters located above ground level, manual alarm system
shall be provided.
5.5.6
5.6
5.6.1
Engineered smoke control system shall be required for the basement levels where
the workers quarters are located, if the provision of cross ventilation stipulated in
section 5.5 cannot be fulfilled.
5.7
Requirements in sections 5.5 (except clause 5.5.4) and section 5.6 are exempted if
the occupant load of the temporary workers quarters at the basement level is
computed basing on 6m2 per person, instead of the 3m2 per person specified in
clause 4.1.1.
Appendix
- 6 16
- -6
Appendix 16
6.1
Secondary source of power supply shall be provided for all fire fighting systems
serving the temporary workers quarters.
6.2
6.3
The secondary source of power supply shall be sufficient to last for a minimum
duration of 2 hours.
7.1
All stores of highly flammable substances shall be sited in open space at a minimum
distance of 5m away from the building where the temporary workers quarters is
located.
7.2
All LPG cylinder installations serving the temporary workers quarters shall comply
with the Fire Safety Requirements for Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) Cylinder
Installations stipulated in the Fire Code.
Housekeeping
8.1
All temporary workers quarters shall be maintained in good conditions and they
shall not be allowed to deteriorate into a slum-like condition through unauthorized
extensions and overcrowding. Unwanted articles shall not be stored in and around
the temporary workers quarters.
8.2
All exits, escape routes and passageways shall be kept free of obstruction at all
times.
Appendix
- 7 16
- -7
\.
-..
.
I. \.\
..ll'7/
FIRE
SHELTER DEPARTMENT
FIRE SAFETY AND SHELTER
CIVIL DEFENCE
DEFENCE FORCE
SINGAPORE CIVIL
FORCE
Released by :
Page 1 of 9
Appendix 17 - 1
FSR 3:2008
QWNW_
:
\'m
Appendix
Appendix17(17)
Appendix 17
1.
OBJECTIVES
1.1
To relief heat and smoke from the car park in the event of fire.
b)
2.
SCOPE
2.1
This set of requirements is only applicable to conventional car parks where passenger
cars/light weight vehicles are parked alongside each other with common driveways
and is not intended for mechanized car park system or other forms of car parking
systems.
3.
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
3.1
3.1.1
The basement car park shall be sprinkler protected in accordance with the SS CP 52.
3.1.2
The arrangement of the sprinkler heads and the jet fans shall be such that, upon the
operation of the jet fans, the effect on the spray pattern of the sprinklers is minimized.
3.2
3.2.1
The car park space shall be divided into smoke control zones with each zone not
larger than 2000m2 (excluding plant rooms and circulation spaces) for purpose of
smoke containment and faster location of fire. As the zones are virtual smoke zones, it
has to be demonstrated that smoke can be contained within the zone boundaries and
channeled to the extract fans. Demonstration is to be carried out using hot smoke test
as part of the commissioning test.
3.2.2
Each smoke control zone shall have its own jet fans system (fresh air fans, exhaust air
fans and jet fans) to purge smoke from the affected zone. The ducts shall be fabricated
from heavy steel gauge steel of 1.2mm thick. Alternatively, sharing of the fresh air and
exhaust air fans is permitted provided the fans, wiring and control panel are protected
with at least 1-hr fire resistance rating. The exhaust fan system shall also be designed
to run in at least two parts, such that the total exhaust capacity does not fall below
100% of the required rate of extract for the zones affected in the event of failure of
any one part. This requirement is also applicable for mechanized supply fan system, if
it is used.
Page 2 of 9
Appendix 17 - 2
Appendix 17
3.3
3.3.1
The jet fans system shall be activated by the sprinkler system serving the basement car
park level and any other areas located within the same level. The activation of the jet
fans system shall at least be confined to the smoke control zone on fire and all its
adjacent zones. A fireman cut off and activation (override) switch shall be provided at
the Fire Command Centre. As an alternative form of fans activation, the use of smoke
detectors to activate the jet fans system is allowed based on the following conditions:
(i)
The detectors are positioned at the effective mid-range of the jet fan profile
and
(ii)
In-duct smoke detector is located at the start point of the exhaust duct.
(iii)
Jet fans system is only operated upon activation of 2 smoke detectors. This is
to minimize any false alarm.
3.3.2
The jet fans system shall be provided with a secondary source of power supply
through automatic operation of an emergency generator in case of failure of the
primary power supply source.
3.3.3
The jet fans shall be distributed at a spacing of 2/3 of the tested effective range of the
particular jet fan. The tested effective range of the jet fan shall be taken as the distance
up to the point at 0.2m/s of the air-velocity distribution profile.
3.3.4
The minimum headroom for the installation of the jet fans system is 3m.
3.3.5
The interaction of the various components of the jet fans system shall be in the
following manner:
a)
Each group of exhaust fans for each smoke control zone shall be interlocked
with its corresponding groups of jet fans for that zone.
b)
If the group of exhaust fans stops/fails in any smoke control zone, its
corresponding groups of jet fans in that zone shall stop. But if any of the
exhaust fan is still in operation in a particular smoke control zone, all the jet
fans shall continue to operate in that zone.
c)
The exhaust fan shall continue to run even if any corresponding group of jet
fans fails.
d)
The other groups of jet fans shall continue to run even if any one group of jet
fans fails.
e)
If the fire alarm signal is isolated, the exhaust fans and jet fans shall continue
to run at high speed. If the fireman stops the fans and restart them, both the
exhaust fans and jet fans shall continue to run at high speed. This continues to
be so until the fans are reset to low speed at the field control panel.
Page 3 of 9
Appendix 17 - 3
Appendix 17
3.3.6
The jet fans system shall be independent of any systems serving other parts of the
building.
3.3.7
The jet fans system design shall be such that the bulk air velocity induced by the jet
fans is sufficient to stop the advance of the ceiling jet within 5m from the fire location
in the direction opposite to the induced bulk air flow.
3.3.8
There shall be at least one viable approach route (i.e. where acceptance criteria for fire
fighters are met please see section 4.2 and Annex B for illustration) for the firefighters to any possible fire location up to a distance of 5m from that fire. As such,
information as to the viable approach route should be displayed at the main fire alarm
panel. This can be achieved by arranging the sprinkler control zone to correspond
with that of the smoke control zone. Upon detection of the fire within a particular
smoke control zone/sprinkler zone, reference can be made to the display showing the
viable approach route for that particular smoke control zone.
3.3.9
3.3.10 The car park main MV panel at FCC/Guard House and remote local panel are
required to show the status lights of the fan speeds (i.e. low and high speeds) for the
supply and exhaust fans. The panels are also required to have the individual group of
jet fans indication lights interlocked with the main exhaust fans in the respective
smoke control zones.
3.3.11 In the event of failure of the primary source of power supply and subsequent
operation of the secondary power supply, the mode of operation of the jet fans system
during the fire mode shall follow that prior to the failure of the primary power supply.
For example, if the operation of jet fans system in a particular smoke control zone is
switched off by the fireman during fire mode condition and the primary source of
power fails, the subsequent operation of the secondary power supply will be such that
the jet fans system remains in the previous fire mode condition i.e. non-operational
mode for that smoke control zone while the other smoke control zones resume
operation.
3.3.12 The jet fans system design shall take into consideration the presence of any downstand beams and other obstruction that are of depths of more than 1/10 of the car
park floor to ceiling height so as to account for any resistance to airflow and
turbulence.
3.3.13 On activation of the jet fans system, the movement of smoke towards the extract
point(s) should not adversely affect the means of escape and cause smoke to be blown
into the lobby area or exit staircases.
3.3.14 The operation of the jet fans system should be such that there are no stagnant areas
where smoke can accumulate in the event of fire.
3.3.15 The operation of the jet fans system should not cause the volume of air movement to
be greater than that volume extracted by the main exhaust fans.
Page 4 of 9
Appendix 17 - 4
Appendix 17
3.4
3.4.1
All jet fans shall be connected to the local jet fan control panel in groups of not more
than 3 jet fans.
3.4.2
3.4.3
Each group of jet fans will be protected by a MCB (main circuit breaker).
3.4.4
The incoming power supply for the jet fan panel shall comply with CP5. Should there
be a fault with 1 jet fan, it will trip the MCB of the group only; it will not trip the main
RCB protecting the other groups. As each group of 3 jet fans is protected by a MCB,
this MCB will trip before affecting the main MCB at the incoming power supply in the
event of an overload.
3.4.5
The jet fans shall also be wired in a zigzag configuration and no two consecutive jet
fans in a straight line is to be wired as the same group. In the event of failure of 1
group of jet fans, the next corresponding group will be able to drive the smoke
towards the exhaust location to be extracted (please see Annex A). Should 1 group of
jet fans, all other groups shall still continue to run.
3.4.6
The location of the local control panel for the operation of the jet fans within each
zone shall be in a relatively safe area within the zone and be spaced as least 5m apart
from the local control panels of adjacent zones. This is to minimize the risk of a fire
affecting all the control panels if they be spaced closely together, and thus rendering
the ineffectiveness of the jet fans system.
3.5
3.5.1
Supply air to the car park can be provided via mechanized supply air fans or by
permanent openings of at least 2.5% of the floor area. Whether supply air is provided
via permanent openings or by mechanized supply fans, the maximum inlet air speed
should be 2m/s to prevent recirculation of smoke. Supply air can be provided by
natural and mechanical means provided the acceptance criteria as stipulated in section
4.2 can be achieved though fire modelling.
3.5.2
The air velocity within escape routes and ramps shall not exceed 5m/s to prevent
escapees from being hindered by the air flow.
3.5.3
The replacement air intakes shall face away from any smoke exhaust points and sited
at least 5m apart so as to prevent recirculation of smoke. If the supply and exhaust
louvers are located on the same building faade, they shall also be separated at least
5m apart.
3.5.4
The replacement air intake should also be located on the opposing end of the smoke
exhaust points so that there is no opposing flow between the supply air and the smoke
that is drawn towards the exhaust fan.
Page 5 of 9
Appendix 17 - 5
Appendix 17
3.6
3.6.1
The car park shall be provided with at least 12 air-change per hour during fire
condition. A lower air-change may be permitted provided the acceptance criteria as
stipulated in section 4.2 can be achieved though fire modelling.
3.6.2
The capacity of the exhaust fan and any associated ducting should be calculated on the
basis that the pressure in the car park close to the extract points is equal to the external
atmospheric pressure.
3.6.3
Each smoke control zone of the car park shall have its own exhaust fan system. The
exhaust fan system in each zone should be designed to run in at least two parts, such
that the total exhaust capacity does not fall below 50% of the required rate of extract
in the event of failure of any one part and that a fault or failure of the exhaust fan
system in one zone will not affect the operation of the exhaust fan system in the other
zones. The above requirement is also applicable for mechanized supply fan system, if
it is used. (Note: If there is sharing of the exhaust air fans, see clause 3.2.2.)
3.6.4
The smoke discharge points should be located such that the smoke extracted from the
smoke exhaust fans does not affect any occupied area or means of escape at the level
where smoke is discharged.
3.7
3.7.1
The jet fans system such as the mechanized air supply fans, smoke exhaust fans, jet
fans, duct works and wiring shall be capable of operating effectively at 2500C for 2
hours. The fans, ducts and wiring shall be tested in accordance with BS7346:Part 2,
BS476:Part 24 and SS CP 299 respectively.
4.
4.1
4.1.1
The effectiveness of the jet fans system design shall be demonstrated using hot smoke
test (see section 6.1). The heat release rate of the fuel load for the hot smoke test must
be at least 1MW. The relevant PE or Fire Safety Engineer should decide on the fire
location(s) that is(are) deemed most onerous with justification.
In addition to the hot smoke test, CFD fire modelling will also be required in the
following instances:
a)
b)
c)
d)
The CFD study is to be endorsed by a FSE to verify the conformance of the jet fans
system with the acceptance criteria as stipulated in section 4.2. The FSE is also
required to put up a fire engineering report. Some of the accepted fire modelling
software includes FDS, Swift-AVL, Fluent and Pheonics.
Page 6 of 9
Appendix 17 - 6
Appendix 17
4.2
Acceptance criteria
4.2.1
Not more than 1000m2 of the car park space can be smoke-logged for at least 20 mins,
regardless of whether the fire is located within the smoke control zone or across the
zone boundaries (Note: After the 20mins duration, smoke is expected to remain
confined within the 1000m2 area). Within this smoke-logged area, there shall be at least
1 viable route for the fire-fighters where the following conditions are satisfied:
a) Smoke temperature shall not exceed 2500C at a height of 1.7m from floor level.
b) Visibility shall not be less than 5m at a height of 1.7m from floor level.
These conditions shall commence at a distance of 5m from the fire location in the
direction opposite to the induced bulk air flow induced by the jet fans. All other areas
outside the smoke-logged area shall be kept substantially free from smoke i.e. smoke
temperature not more than 600C and visibility of at least 25m (please see Annex A).
(Note : If hot smoke test is performed, assessment is to be made on the operation of
the jet fans system, movement of smoke towards the extraction points and smoke
spread. The latter 2 aspects can be generally verified using the above visibility criterion.
The temperature criterion need not be verified in view of the nature of the hot smoke
test.)
4.3
4.3.1
Fire Size
4.3.1.1The design fire size shall be based on at least 4MW steady-state fire (i.e. car fire). For
general goods vehicle, the design fire size shall be based on at least 10MW steady state
fire (FSE is expected to provide justification for the bigger fire size other than the car
fire).
4.3.2
Type of fire
Location of fire
4.3.3.1Generally, the fire should be located furthest away from the exhaust points and in
between zones. The relevant PE or Fire Safety Engineer should decide on the fire
location(s) that is(are) deemed most onerous with justification.
4.3.4
4.3.4.1The CFD model shall take into consideration the presence of any down-stand beams
and other obstruction that are of depths of more than 1/10 of the car park floor to
ceiling height so as to account for any resistance to airflow and turbulence.
Page 7 of 9
Appendix 17 - 7
Appendix 17
4.3.5
4.3.5.1Validation model of the velocity profile is to be carried out for a single jet fan. The data
from the model shall be compared against physical test data. As such, the jet fan shall
be tested for velocity profile by an accredited testing laboratory for comparison with
the simulated velocity profile. The test report is to be attached to the Fire Engineering
Report.
The equation to be used for the deviation between the CFD profile and actual test
profile is as follows:
Equation
Where
The deviation of the distance, width and height of the actual profile from the
simulated profile at the various air velocities should be within 10%.
4.3.6
Sprinkler activation
4.3.7.1The model shall assume there is no sprinkler activation for the design fire size specified
in section 4.3.1.
4.3.8
Grid resolution
4.3.8.1The grid size to be used in the fire model shall not be larger than 0.2m X 0.2m X 0.2m
in the smoke control zone where fire is located and its adjacent zones. Other than
these zones, the grid size shall not be larger than 0.4m X 0.4m X 0.4m. Alternatively,
the relevant PE or FSE undertakes a grid resolution study to ascertain the appropriate
grid size needed for the fire size and smoke flows modeled (e.g. outcome of study
showing that additional resolution does not make much of a difference to the results).
4.4
Sensitivity study
4.4.1
A sensitivity study is to be carried out to show the impact of 1 group of jet fan failure
nearest the fire on the overall effectiveness of the jet fans system. This study is
applicable to both fire modelling and hot smoke test. Notwithstanding the failure of 1
group of jet fans, the acceptance criteria must still be maintained.
5.
5.1
An operations and maintenance manual shall be attached. The manual shall contain
the roles and responsibilities of the building owner/operator, the restrictions placed
on the building, identification of the sub-systems, servicing and maintenance plan,
fault identification, etc. The manual can also be used as a guide for future renovations
and changes to the building.
Page 8 of 9
Appendix 17 - 8
Appendix 17
6.
COMMISSIONING TEST
6.1
The Registered Inspector who carries out commissioning test of the jet fans system
may make reference to Table 2 of BS 7346 - Part 7 as a guide. When hot smoke test is
performed, the PE/FSE shall use a test fire size of 1MW. Reference may be made to
AS 4391 on hot smoke test.
(Note : This standard is more relevant for an engineered smoke control system rather
than jet fans system. Nevertheless, there are some aspects in this standard where the
PE may find useful, such as how the test can be prepared and carried out in a proper
manner.)
Page 9 of 9
Appendix 17 - 9
\.
-..
.
I. \.\
..ll'7/
FIRE
SHELTER DEPARTMENT
FIRE SAFETY AND SHELTER
CIVIL DEFENCE
DEFENCE FORCE
SINGAPORE CIVIL
FORCE
Released by :
Page 1 of 5
Appendix 18 - 1
FSR 4:2008
QWNW_
:
\'m
Appendix
Appendix18(18)
Appendix 18
DETERMINATION OF DESIGN FIRES
FOR INDUSTRIAL PREMISES
1.
OBJECTIVE
1.1
To determine the design fire size and perimeter of fire for purpose of calculating the
capacity of the natural smoke ventilation or engineered smoke control system.
2.
SCOPE
2.1
3.
3.1
Fire growth
3.1.1
The fire growth can be evaluated by the following generic fire growth curve (also
referred to as t2 fire), that represents the general types of combustible material present
within an enclosure:
Qmax = (t-ti)2 ----------------------------------- equation (1)
where
Qmax = heat release rate (kW);
= fire growth parameter (kJ/s3);
t = time (s);
ti = time of ignition (s) (taken here as zero)
The fire growth parameter varies with the fire load density and the fire load
configuration factor. However, for purpose of design, fire growth parameter can be
generally defined as follows:
Page 2 of 5
Appendix 18 - 2
Appendix 18
Table 1: Fire growth parameter
Fire growth rate
Slow
Medium
Fast
Ultra fast
Note : Qualified Person (QP) or Fire Safety Engineer (FSE) has to justify the appropriate fire
growth rate that is applicable through available literature or standard such as the SFPE
Handbook. In the instance where the fire growth rate lies in between the range as stated
above, the QP/FSE is to use the more conservative fire growth rate e.g. if the fire growth rate
is between medium and fast, the fast fire growth rate is to be used.
3.2
3.2.1
The heat output of the design fire is assumed to increase according to equation (1)
until sprinkler operation is deemed to occur at time ts. Following sprinkler operation,
the heat output of the fire is considered to remain constant.
3.2.2
The capacity of the smoke control system shall be based on the fire size that is
controlled by activation of 2nd ring of sprinklers.
3.2.3
The operation of the sprinkler system at ts and the corresponding fire size can be
determined by hand calculations based on fire engineering principles or the use of fire
engineering tools such as FPETool from National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST). Whichever approach is used, the following design factors
governing its calculation are as follows:
a)
b)
c)
d)
Ambient temperature
Room temperature for air-conditioned space and non-air conditioned space
can be taken as 250C and 300C respectively.
Page 3 of 5
Appendix 18 - 3
Appendix 18
3.2.4
e)
Ceiling height
The ceiling height shall be based on the height, measured from the finished
floor level to the soffit of the ceiling/roof.
f)
The capacity of the smoke control system shall also take into consideration the
possibility of forklift or general goods vehicle on fire along the internal
ramps/driveways. For design purpose, the design fire size shall be taken as follows:
Type of vehicle
Forklift or car
General goods vehicle
4MW
10MW
Table 2
4.
4.1
4.1.1
The fire perimeter is used to determine the mass flow rate of smoke. For forklift or
general goods vehicle, the perimeter of fire shall be taken as follows:
Type of vehicle
Forklift or car
General goods vehicle
Perimeter of fire
5m x 2m
9m x 2.5m
Table 3
4.2
Fire perimeter other than for forklift/car and general goods vehicle
4.2.1
Other than for forklift/car and general goods vehicle, the following equation is used
to calculate the fire perimeter for a square fire of equal sides:
P = 4(Qc/Qr)1/2 ----------------------------------- equation (2)
where
P = fire perimeter (m);
Qc = convective heat output = 0.7Qmax (kW);
Qr = heat release rate per unit area (kW/m2), see Table 4
Page 4 of 5
Appendix 18 - 4
Appendix 18
Where elongated storage configurations such as racking or shelving are used, the fire
perimeter is determined using the following equation:
P = 2[Qc/(Qr xd)] ----------------------------------- equation (3)
where
Qc = convective heat output = 0.7Qmax (kW);
Qr = heat release rate per unit area (kW/m2), see Table 4;
d = depth of rack (m)
For purpose of calculating the fire perimeter, the values for Qr given in Table 4 are used.
Building Use
Industrial
Storage
260
500
Table 4
5.
CAUTIONARY NOTE
The application of FPETool from NIST or any other software in determining the
activation time of the sprinkler system and the corresponding fire size has its
limitations. Some of the software programs are based on Alperts correlations where a
number of fundamental assumptions are made such as flat smooth ceilings,
unconfined smoke flow, axisymmetric plumes (not near walls or corners), location of
detector close to the ceiling, etc. Such assumptions must thus be understood and
considered by the user.
6.
Page 5 of 5
Appendix 18 - 5
\.
-..
.
'. \.\
..'ll,7/
Released by :
Fire Safety Plans Branch
Fire Safety & Shelter Department
( Total 8 pages )
1
Appendix 19 - 1
FSR 5:2010
QWNWg
:
\'m
Appendix
19 (19)
Appendix
Appendix 19
FSR 5:2010
FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR LIFT RESCUE
SCOPE
1.1
This FSR stipulates the fire safety provisions for performing lift rescue operation
in buildings with blind lift hoist ways exceeding 11m.
1.2
GENERAL
2.1
This FSR shall be read in conjunction with the Code of Practice for Installation,
Operation and Maintenance of Electric Passenger and Goods Lifts, published by
SPRING Singapore.
2.2
This FSR shall take precedence in the event that the requirements stipulated
herein contradict with those in the above-mentioned Code of Practice.
3.1
Rescue Hooks
3.1.1
When the distance between consecutive lift landing doorsills exceeds 11m but
not more than 18m, rescue hooks meeting the requirements stipulated under
clause 3.1.3 shall be provided at the underside of the upper lift landing door head.
2
Appendix 19 - 2
Appendix 19
_y
Lift Shaft
Lift Landing
Sill to sill
height:
Lift
Lift Landing
Illustration 1 : Lift sill to sill distance >11m but < 18m
Ceiling Board
1%zjllu_?\
Wl'Il lJ,_ y i_
/
g
U _'l lIi'l l'_ g U
Walls
Lift Shaft
3
Appendix 19 - 3
Appendix 19
3.1.2
Alternatively, these hooks can also be installed in the ceiling space directly above
the upper lift landing door such that the heights of these hooks are not more
than 3m above the finished floor level of that upper lift landing and at an
approximate distance of 1m away from the lift shaft wall. The ceiling space shall
be easily accessible and a visible sign shall be provided to indicate the locations of
the rescue hooks.
Slab
/
Access panel
at ceiling board
Landing
Indicator
Rescue Hook
Within Ceiling
Walls
Lift Jambs
Lift door
MT/T?
Ceiling
Approx 1000mm
Max 3000mm
from floor level
Rope must not
rub here
Lift Shaft
Landing Door
Landing Sill
4
Appendix 19 - 4
Appendix 19
3.1.3
Each rescue hook shall have pull-out strength of not less than 1000kg (10 kN)
and a thickness of not more than 14mm in diameter. The clear space between
the hook and the emergency door frame shall not be less than 100mm and the
spacing between the two hooks shall be between 500 to 700mm.
RC Beam
IL
500mm -700mm
100mm
Door Frame
Dia <=14mm
100mm
Door Frame
100mm
100mm
3.2
3.2.1
When the distance between consecutive lift landing doorsills exceeds 18m,
intermediate landing emergency doors shall be provided, such that the distance
between sills is not more than 18m. This requirement is not called for in the case
of adjacent cars, each fitted with a car emergency door meeting the requirements
of clause 3.3.
3.2.2
(b)
(c)
(d)
They shall be self-closing and self-locking and shall be marked in letters not
less than 50mmhigh,
DANGER, LIFT WELL
(e)
They shall be provided with a landing door lock which can be unlocked
only from the landing side through the use of a key. The lock shall not be
5
Appendix 19 - 5
Appendix 19
unlocked by any key which will open any other lock or device used for any
other purpose in the building. The key shall be kept where it is accessible
only to authorized persons;
(f)
Each door shall be provided with an electrical contact the opening of which
will render the lift inoperative;
(g)
Two rescue hooks meeting the requirements stipulated under clause 3.1.3
shall be provided at the underside of each emergency door head.
Alternatively, these hooks can also be installed in the ceiling space as
stipulated under clause 3.1.2
LK
_
Ceiling Board
Li"""""."_")
F_
IU
l l iyl l l l,
'l l l l#I l Il L I
J12:
II I
m m m m m mw U
|
Walls
__
Lift Shaft
760 x 2000mm
Clear Rescue Door
3.3
3.3.1
When car emergency doors are provided in adjacent cars to permit the lift-to-lift
rescue and evacuation of passengers, there shall be no limit on the maximum
allowable length of the blind lift hoist way.
6
Appendix 19 - 6
Appendix 19
Lift Shaft
A
k
Detachable Handrail
B
I
&
I
I
Blank hoist>18m
Ground level or
intermediate floor in
high rise building
3.3.2
When car emergency doors are provided, the following requirements shall be
complied with:
(a)
(b)
Car emergency doors shall measure at least 1800mm high and 350mm wide.
(c)
Car emergency doors shall be opened from outside the car without a key
and from inside the car using a key.
(d)
Car emergency doors shall not open towards the outside of the car.
(e)
(f)
(g)
7
Appendix 19 - 7
Appendix 19
(h) Each car emergency door shall be provided with an electrical contact the
opening of which will render the lift inoperative. Safety feature to prevent
the lift from operating when the bridging plate or the handrail is deployed
shall also be provided.
I-Beam
Passenger lift 2
Passenger lift 1
Distance <750mm
_
Car emergency
door
Detachable bridging
plate
8
Appendix 19 - 8
\.
-..
.
'. \.\
..'ll,7/
Released by :
Fire Safety Consultation Branch
Fire Safety & Shelter Department
( Total 8 pages )
1
Appendix 20 - 1
FSR 7:2011
QWNWg
:
\'m
Appendix (20)
FSR 7:2011
FIRE SAFETY
DISABILITIES
REQUIREMENTS
FOR
PERSONS
WITH
SCOPE
1.1
The scope of these requirements covers the provision of fire safety features to assist
persons with disabilities (PWDs) during emergencies and the development of plans to
manage the evacuation of PWDs. It shall be applicable to all buildings except Purpose
Group I and II buildings (residential) and Health Care Occupancy (i.e. Hospital,
Nursing Home, Ambulatory Health Care Centre, Custodian Care and Supervisory Care
facility) as defined in the Fire Code. Non-residential standalone buildings such as
carpark buildings and clubhouses that are located within the residential development
and intended as ancillary use are not required to comply with these requirements.
PRINCIPLES OF EVACUATION
2.1
Generally, staircase is not suitable for use by PWDs for purpose of fire evacuation. It
is also not appropriate to use the lift for evacuation since it may not be in operation
during a fire emergency, unless it is incorporated with additional features to protect the
users.
2.2
Ramps, evacuation lifts and wheelchair stairlifts can also serve as alternative means of
escape in lieu of exit staircases. If ramps are used, it is to be noted that their
construction, in particular the ramp gradient, has to comply with the Code on
Accessibility in the Built Environment so as to facilitate the evacuation of PWDs.
ESCAPE ROUTES
3.1
General
3.1.1
The escape routes shall be free from any obstacle that may cause undue delay to
PWDs during evacuation e.g. raised thresholds or steps. Where there are minor
changes in level within any storey, a ramp conforming to the requirements stipulated in
the Code on Accessibility in the Built Environment shall be provided.
3.2
3.2.1
A PWD Holding Point is a temporarily safe space for PWDs to await assistance for
their evacuation and shall be provided on all storeys including all basement levels,
except first storey or storey at grade level.
2
Appendix 20 - 2
3.2.2
There shall be at least two designated PWD Holding Points on every storey of a
building except for building designed with single exit staircase allowed under Cl.2.4.4,
Cl.2.4.5 and Cl.2.6.1 of the Fire Code. The corridor serving as escape route shall have
a minimum width of 1200mm.
3.2.3
The PWD Holding Point shall be kept free of obstruction and located in the
following order of priority:
(a)
(b)
3.2.4
3.2.5
A PWD Holding Point shall be enclosed with fire-resisting construction (other than
any part that is an external wall of a building) and shall be served directly by a safe
route to a storey exit, evacuation lift or final exit.
3.2.6
(b)
be appropriately labeled;
(c)
(d)
When the device for communication is activated, it shall generate a clear visual
indication to indicate that the distress signal has been relayed. The purpose is
to enable the PWDs in the holding point to alert the FCC or the manned
station that they are in need of assistance and for them to be reassured that
this assistance will be forthcoming.
3
Appendix 20 - 3
3.2.7
The space provided for a wheelchair in a PWD Holding Point shall be at least
900mm X 1400mm to allow manoeuvring of wheelchair.
(b)
Each PWD Holding Point shall have an area accessible to a wheelchair so that
a wheelchair-bound person can await assistance.
(c)
Where a PWD Holding Point is sited inside a protected exit staircase, smokestop lobby or fire-fighting lobby, the wheelchair space shall not result in
reduced size of these spaces and its access shall not obstruct the flow of
evacuation.
(d)
There shall be dotted rectangle markings to define the space and a symbol of
access in white against contrasting green background on the floor shall be
provided to designate the PWD Holding Point for PWDs to wait for rescue.
Diagram 3.2.3(a) 1
PWD Holding Point sited within a Fire-Fighting Lobby
m\ug WW
SH;
1
_
FUmu _
1_
_LH%:
/\/
I1
mm MIMmm
Protected lobby (Fire fighting lobby) used as PWD Holding Point where the PWDs
await for assistance to use either a staircase or an evacuation lift. The designated
PWD Holding point serving as wheelchair space shall be placed at a distance of
minimum 500mm away from the exit staircase and away from the occupant escape
path. This arrangement is intended to facilitate the flow of persons escaping from
occupied space to the exit staircase and prevent the wheelchair bound from being
knocked down by other evacuees.
4
Appendix 20 - 4
Diagram 3.2.3(a) - 2
H1
lm
Q
===== ====-=
MWj
mmM
8
_
DH
mg
_PW
Diagram 3.2.3(a) - 3
PWD Holding Point sited inside Smoke-Stop Lobby and not provided with
evacuation lift
_=
A_
= -= = ====-__
Mmm%_ _ Nw__AHg
wu
&M
hm
k-V-' YI -1}:
AF?
6
_
The requirement on travel distance shall be similar to that stipulated in the Fire Code
(see Table 2.2A in the Fire Code). The wheelchair space incorporated in the smokestop lobby shall not reduce the area of smoke-stop lobby.
5
Appendix 20 - 5
Diagram 3.2.3(b)
3.,23(z/>) -= 1I
PWD Holding Point in buildings without Smoke-Stop Lobby or Fire-Fighting Lobby
PWD Holding
Point
i
iii
IIIIII II
!!!!!!U___.
I___________l
IIIIINE! .
IIIIIIII
The positioning of PWD Holding Point inside the staircase is only permitted for
buildings not exceeding 5 storeys above ground. The designated PWD Holding Point
shall not obstruct or disrupt the escape flow within the staircase.
EXIT STAIRCASE
4.1
Handrails
4.1.1
4.2
Wheelchair Stairlifts
4.2.1
RAMP
5.1
Internal and external exit ramps complying with Cl.5.2 may be used as exits in lieu of
internal and external exit staircases or evacuation lift subject to compliance stipulated
under Cl.2.3.3 and Cl.2.3.8 of current Fire Code.
5.2
Ramp designs shall conform to the requirements spelled out in the Code on
Accessibility in the Built Environment and any subsequent amendment/ addendum.
6
Appendix 20 - 6
EVACUATION LIFT
6.1
General
6.1.1
An evacuation lift is a lift provided for the evacuation of PWDs during emergencies
by persons authorised by the building owner. Evacuation lift shall be located within
a protected lobby such as smoke-stop lobby, external exit passageway or external
corridor. The installation of the evacuation lift shall be in accordance with SS 550
Code of Practice for Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Electric Passenger
and Goods Lifts.
6.2
6.2.1
(a)
(b)
Fire lift shall not be designated as evacuation lift unless there is more than 1
fire lift provided in the building. Where the fire lift doubles up as evacuation
lift, its design shall follow that as stipulated in this set of requirements.
(c)
A readily visible sign marked Evacuation Lift for PWDs shall be affixed
onto the wall adjacent to the lift door at every landing of the evacuation lift.
(d)
The evacuation lift shall have a clear platform size of minimum 1200mm width
X 1400mm depth.
(e)
The evacuation lift shall be provided with standby power supply for
continuous operation during power failure and/or fire emergencies.
(Note: Routing of cables for evacuation lift shall be similar to that of fire lift.)
(f)
In the event of power failure and/or fire, the evacuation lift shall be brought
to the designated floor. After allowing the passengers in the lift to discharge at
the designated floor, the lift shall park there with its doors closed.
(g)
7
Appendix 20 - 7
7.1
General
Impairment of hearing does not mean that a person is completely insensitive to
sound. Many people with severe impairment have sufficiently clear perception of
some types of conventional audible alarm signals to require no special provision for
warning of fire. While there are also situations where trained staff or other building
occupants can alert the impaired hearing in the event of fire, this may not always be
feasible, especially when the hearing impaired are not in their identified location or in
isolated spaces such as toilet cubicles, car park floor, lift lobby, etc. The provision of
visual alarms would therefore serve as another means to alert the hearing impaired.
7.2
7.3
7.3.1
At least 10% of the guestrooms or accommodation units shall be provided with visual
alarms.
7.3.2
The visual alarm signal shall be clearly distinguishable from any other visual
signal used in the premises.
(b)
The visual alarm signal shall flash at a rate within the range of 30 to 130 flashes
per minute.
(c)
(d)
Visual alarm devices shall be sufficient in number and their distribution should
be readily visible from all accessible locations.
8
Appendix 20 - 8
(e)
The flashing or strobe lights of visual alarm system shall be synchronized with
the flash rate of such multiple fixtures.
(f)
The intensity of the light signal shall be sufficient to draw the attention of
people in the vicinity.
(g)
The visual alarm indicating device shall be labelled with the word Fire and is
legible from the normal standing position.
(h)
MANAGEMENT OF EVACUATION
8.1
General
8.1.1
(b)
(c)
(d)
8.1.2
Procedures shall be tested at least once a year and involve both horizontal, if
provided, and vertical evacuation.
7.1.3
Management shall ensure that the staff, designated to help PWDs in the event of fire,
are fully trained to execute the following evacuation procedure:
8.2
8.2.1
PWDs requiring assistance shall move or be directed to the PWD Holding Point in
the evacuation lift lobby.
8.2.2
The trained staff shall attend to PWDs from PWD Holding Point and direct them to
the final exit.
8.3
8.3.1
9
Appendix 20 - 9
8.3.2
The trained staff, after completing their search, shall proceed to the PWD Holding
Point and assist the PWDs down the stair to the final exit.
10
Appendix 20 - 10
\.
-..
.
I. \.\
..ll'7/
Released by :
Fire Safety Consultation Branch
Fire Safety & Shelter Department
( Total 5 pages )
3
Appendix 21 - 1
FSR 8:2011
QWNW_
:
\'m
Appendix
21 (21)
Appendix
Appendix 21
FSR 8:2011
REQUIREMENTS ON THE USE OF LIFTS FOR EVACUATION
OF BUILDING OCCUPANTS DURING EMERGENCY
1
SCOPE
1.1
The scope of these requirements covers the provisions of lift design for evacuation
of building occupants requiring assistance during emergencies. It shall be applicable
to all buildings exceeding 24m except Purpose Group I and II buildings (residential
developments) as defined in the Fire Code.
PRINCIPLES OF EVACUATION
2.1
Unless there are extenuating circumstances which call for total simultaneous
evacuation of a building, evacuation of occupants in tall buildings is generally carried
out in phases on activation of fire alarm, as these buildings are installed with sprinkler
system and passive fire protection systems (e.g. compartmentation or fire-rated
enclosure), which serve to prevent spread of fire.
2.2
Lifts are not used for evacuation of building occupants in the past. However, an
option to use lifts for evacuation is now made available to fire-fighters and
mandatory or volunteer CERT (Company Emergency Response Team) registered
with the SCDF (i.e. only under supervision), if the necessary safety features are
incorporated. Lifts used in combination with exit staircases is a more practical
strategy to speed up building evacuation, particularly if there are occupants who may
require assistance such as the aged, pregnant women and young children.
2.3
Notwithstanding this, the use of exit staircases is still the dominant mode of
occupant evacuation during an emergency. Evacuation via lift is only a secondary
means to complement evacuation via exit staircases. The use of lift is primarily aimed
at persons requiring assistance. Able-bodied occupants are therefore still required to
use the exit staircases for their evacuation.
4
Appendix 21 - 2
Appendix 21
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.1.1
An additional fire lift shall be provided for the above building. This lift can be used
for evacuation of occupants requiring assistance. Where the provision of a fire lift is
already a requirement in the Fire Code, such lift is to be primarily used for firefighting and rescue purposes. As such, an additional fire lift would be required, which
can be used by fire-fighters to conduct evacuation as well. The installation of the fire
lift shall be in accordance with Singapore Standard or SS 550 (Installation, operation
and maintenance of electric passenger and goods lifts). All other related fire safety
measures where fire lift is provided such as fire fighting lobby, location of exit
staircase adjacent to the fire lift shall be designed in accordance with the Fire Code.
3.1.1.2
Where the additional fire lift is provided, it can double up as an evacuation lift for
persons with disabilities (PWDs) i.e. evacuation lift for PWDs need not be separately
provided. The design requirements of the fire lift shall follow that of the evacuation
lift for PWDs (e.g. the fire lift shall have a platform area of minimum 1.2m by 1.4m
i.e. area of 1.68m2, instead of 1.45m2 that is currently stipulated in clause 13.2.1.2 of
SS 550). However, for buildings more than 40 storeys, the minimum clear platform
size of the fire lift shall follow that as stipulated in SS 550 (i.e. 1.7m by 1.5m).
3.1.2
Communication
3.1.2.1
A lift monitoring system shall be provided within the Fire Command Centre (FCC).
It shall monitor the floor location of the lift, direction of travel, status with respect to
occupation, both the normal and emergency power supplies to the lifts, activation of
a fire alarm within the lift shaft or lift motor room or lift lobby. Provision to
manually override the lift shall be installed in the FCC for use by the firefighters/CERT if required.
3.1.2.2
3.1.2.3
An intercom system in the lift car must be provided for communication between the
lift operator and the Fire Command Centre.
5
Appendix 21 - 3
Appendix 21
3.1.2.4
Close circuit television at lift lobbies to facilitate situation awareness for the
authorized personnel overseeing the evacuation at the FCC or 24-hourly manned
station. Alternatively, a suitable means of communication may be provided between
the protected lobby and Fire Command Centre (FCC) or any 24-hourly manned
station, for persons requiring assistance to call for assistance during a fire emergency.
It may be in the form of a distress button or voice communication. The means of
communication shall:
(a)
(b)
be appropriately labelled;
(c)
(d)
When the device for communication is activated, it shall generate a clear visual
indication to indicate that the distress signal has been relayed. The purpose is
to enable the person requiring assistance to alert the FCC or the manned
station that they are in need of assistance and for them to be reassured that
this assistance will be forthcoming
3.1.3
Passenger Lifts
3.1.3.1
While the use of fire lift would facilitate occupant evacuation, the increased rate of
evacuation is limited by the availability of such lift. Therefore, passenger lifts shall be
designed for use together with the fire lifts so as to speed up occupant evacuation.
3.1.3.2
Fire lift switch. Where there is provision to manually override the passenger
lifts at the FCC by authorized personnel or fire-fighters, fire lift switch need
not be installed.
(b)
Power cables which are routed through an area of negligible fire risk.
3.1.3.3
3.2
3.2.1
The design requirements as stipulated under paragraph 3.1 shall also be applicable to
the above existing buildings when major retrofitting works are carried out in the
building. With reference to SCDFs circular to the building industry on Extent of
responsibility of QPs for A&A works dated 5 Feb 2010, major retrofitting works
are those works where the QP is required to check the affected unit and the
common area of entire building as indicated in the circular.
6
Appendix 21 - 4
Appendix 21
4.1
There will be no change to the current evacuation strategy as occupants will still use
the exit staircases for evacuation, although fire-fighters/mandatory or volunteer
CERT registered with SCDF now has the additional option to use the fire lift for
evacuation. As such, evacuation via lift shall only be conducted under the supervision
of fire-fighters/CERT. When SCDF arrives at the fire scene, the fire officer in
charge should be briefed by the designated staff supervising the evacuation on the
position and circumstances of the fire and the progress of the evacuation. SCDF will
then take over the supervision of the evacuation.
7
Appendix 21 - 5
Appendix (22)
Appendix 22
RESTRICTION ON USE OF
FLAMMABLE REFRIGERANTS IN SINGAPORE
SCOPE
1.
This appendix serves to inform all concerned parties that the policy to restrict and
regulate the use of flammable refrigerants for the various applications which took effect from 1st
January 2012.
DEFINITIONS
2.
Flammable Refrigerant refers to the group of refrigerants with flammability
classification of group 2 or 3 in accordance to International Organization for Standardization
(ISO) 5149. For refrigerant blends which have more than one flammability classification, the
most unfavourable classification shall be taken for the purpose of this definition. Most of these
flammable refrigerants are hydrocarbon (HC) based. Some examples of HC refrigerant include
propane, butane and isobutene.
BACKGROUND
3.
Since September 2009, a multi-agency (SCDF, NEA, SPRING, MOM and LTA) working
group undertook a holistic review on the use of flammable refrigerants across various
applications 1. While it is recognised that HC refrigerants have an edge over many refrigerants in
terms of their environment impact, the main consideration is that HC refrigerant is extremely
flammable and would pose a potential safety hazard to users and occupants. These are additional
risks which can be avoided if safer alternative refrigerants or other refrigerant blends are used.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
4.
The working group had carefully reviewed the use of flammable refrigerants and had also
engaged the relevant industry stakeholders such as ASHRAE, MTA, SCIC) for their feedbacks
during the review. The policies to restrict and regulate the use of flammable refrigerants for the
various relevant applications are summarised in Annex A.
POLICY UPDATES
5.
Notwithstanding the restriction on certain applications, we would continue to monitor
the market for emerging alternatives to flammable refrigerants that could better address the
safety, environmental and economic concerns. For the latest updates on the policy, pls visit the
following SCDF website address: http://www.scdf.gov.sg/content/scdf_internet/en/buildingprofessionals/publications_and_circulars.html.
Applications under review include domestic refrigerator, air-conditioning system, commercial refrigeration system
and industrial process refrigeration system.
1
Appendix 22 - 1
Appendix 22 - 2
To disallow the use of flammable refrigerants in building air-conditioning systems 2. Premises which
have converted their air-conditioning systems into using flammable refrigerants as drop-in 3 shall be
gradually phased out by end 2016.
To educate users (eg. advisory labels) on the inherent risks of flammable refrigerant and issue of
disposal.
Recommendations
The building air-conditioning systems refer to single/multi split system which requires the installation of piping into occupied areas.
Generally refers to direct replacement of HCFC refrigerant with flammable refrigerant without modifying the operating specifications and design of the equipment
4 LTA would publish the restriction in the guidelines for car import and car modifications.
5 Commercial refrigeration systems include chiller room, standalone commercial/retail refrigeration equipment and chiller truck.
Air-conditioning systems
Applications
S/N
Annex A
Appendix 22 -3
For existing users where flammable refrigerant is not inherent to the industrial process, they could still
appeal to SCDF through the waiver process. They would need to provide sufficient justifications that the
existing fire safety provisions are adequate to address the fire risks posed by the flammable refrigerant or
are prepared to implement the necessary additional measures to address the fire risks.
To disallow the use of flammable refrigerants in industrial process refrigeration systems unless:
(1) the use of flammable refrigerants is inherent 6 to the industrial process, and
(2) has satisfied MOMs workplace safety regime and SCDFs fire safety regulatory requirements
Recommendations
The use of flammable refrigerant is considered inherent to the industrial process if there are no alternatives which could achieve the necessary specific performance required for
the process.
Applications
S/N
QWNWg
:
\'m
Appendix
Appendix23(23)
\.
-..
.
'. \.\
..'ll,7/
AMENDMENTS TO THEAMENDMENTS
FIRE CODE - FIRE
TO THE FIR
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
SAFETY
FOR MEGA
REQUIREMENT
UNDERGROUND DEVELOPMENTS
UNDERGROUND DEVE
FSR 1:2012
FSR 1:2012
Released by :
Released by :
1
Appendix 23 - 1
Appendix 23
FIRE
SAFETY
DEVELOPMENTS
REQUIREMENTS
FOR
MEGA
UNDERGROUND
1.
SCOPE
1.1
This guideline provides the broad fire safety requirements for mega underground
developments. It is applicable to mega underground developments regardless of size
and no. of occupants. Fire safety requirements not covered in this guideline shall
comply with the requirements stipulated in the Fire Code.
DEFINATIONS
2.1
Basement Underground levels with connection to the storey above and 1st storey via
exit staircases. The exit staircases are the primary means of escape.
2.2
2.3
Cavern unit An enclosed chamber within the underground developments which is fire
compartmented.
2.4
Exit shaft The main vertical access shaft that leads the underground developments to
the ground level.
2.5
Protected corridors Corridors which link the cavern units to the exit shafts.
3.
3.1
Means of Escape
FOR
MEGA
UNDERGROUND
a)
b)
At least two exit staircases (at least 1.5m in width but not exceeding 2m) located at
the exit shafts shall be provided for the underground development. The width of
exit staircases shall be determined by the occupant load and uses of the cavern.
The minimum width requirement is not applicable to exit staircases serving the
cavern units. Such exit staircases shall comply with the requirements stipulated in
the Fire Code.
c)
d)
All cavern units shall be provided with at least 2-way escape regardless of whether
1-way travel distance can be complied with.
2
Appendix 23 - 2
Appendix 23
-
3.2
e)
The travel distance is the distance required to be traversed from the most remote
point in the cavern to the edge of a fire door opening directly into the protected
corridor.
f)
Protected corridors (enclosed by fire rated wall/floor) shall be provided for all
cavern units at every storey. The corridor shall have direct access to the protected
shaft.
g)
Protected corridors shall be sectorised by fire doors. Each sector shall not consist
of more than 4 cavern units or more than 60m (measure along the corridor). Only
those doors in the sectors affected by fire need to be closed during activation of
alarm.
Fire compartmentation shall be provided for each cavern unit. Each compartment
shall not exceed 4,000 m2 & 15,000 m3.
b)
c)
d)
Walls, ceilings, roof covering and finishes shall not contain any plastic material.
e)
Internal non-load bearing walls and ceiling shall be constructed of noncombustible material.
f)
The surface of a wall or ceiling along protected corridor shall have a surface
spread of flame of class O rating.
g)
(ii)
(iii)
Drywall shall meet the criteria, in terms of water absorption and bending
strength performance, when subject to the test of BS 1230 Part 1 (for
gypsum plaster board) or ISO 1896 (for calcium silicate or cement board).
3
Appendix 23 - 3
Appendix 23
3.3
3.4
Vehicular Access
a)
Fire engine access road having minimum 4m width and overhead clearance of at
least 4.5m for access by pump appliance shall be provided for fire-fighters and
rescuers to conduct fire fighting and rescue operations.
b)
c)
The fire engine access road shall be protected from fire and smoke, and must lead
directly to the ground level.
d)
Clear smoke height must be maintained along the access road. Pushing the smoke
out directly through the tunnel is not allowed.
e)
Private hydrants shall be provided along the fire engine access road such that
every part of the fire engine access road shall be within an unobstructed distance
of 50m from the nearest hydrant.
FireFighting Provisions
a)
A room shall be provided to house the fire fighting & rescue equipment.
Requirements for Storage Area
i.
ii.
b)
c)
Buggies shall be provided at each level to facilitate fire fighting and rescue
operations.
4
Appendix 23 - 4
Appendix 23
Requirements for buggies
3.5
i.
2 x buggies per level. Each near the rooms storing fire fighting equipment
ii.
4 seaters
iii.
iv.
Electrically operated
The size of the buggies is similar to that provided for the MRT station. QP
shall discuss with SCDF on the specifications of the buggies.
The buggies can be used by in-house fire and security personnel provided
the buggies are driven back to the holding area during emergency.
b)
Wet risers shall be provided such that every part of the underground development
is not more than 38m from the nearest wet riser landing valve. The wet riser pipes
are allowed to run horizontally but the landing valves shall be located within the
protected corridor.
c)
Breeching inlet shall be installed at one of the vertical access shafts at ground
level. It shall be located near the Fire Command Centre.
d)
At least two fire lifts shall be provided for each exit shaft. The fire lift shall have
access to every habitable floors and shall be adjacent and accessible to an exit
staircase and be approached by a fire fighting lobby at each storey. The fire lifts
shall home to the ground level (i.e. top of shaft) during activation of alarm and
power failure.
e)
All passenger lifts shall be double up as evacuation lift and shall be located within
the fire fighting lobby. They need not be fire lifts but shall be installed with fire
switch, connecting to the emergency backup supply, and shall home to ground
level in an emergency. The use of these lifts for emergency evacuation shall be
supervised by the emergency responders.
f)
The fire lift car shall have a clear area/space of not less than 2.0m (depth) x 1.5m
(width).
g)
5
Appendix 23 - 5
Appendix 23
h)
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
Fire Command Centre shall be located at ground level. It shall be located beside
one of the protected shaft.
b)
c)
Holding Area shall be provided for the underground development. The size of
holding area shall take into considerations the total occupant load within that
floor and shall be calculated based on 0.3 sqm/person.
d)
The holding area shall be provided with engineered smoke control system and
shall have direct connection to the fire fighting lobby.
b)
c)
The air-handling system for the affected smoke zone and the adjacent zones must
be shut down to avoid smoke re-circulating through the system.
b)
If small quantities are needed, special approval has to be obtained from SCDF.
along internal walls and/or floors of the exit staircase and protected lobby;
ii.
iii.
Appendix 23
b)
The duration for standby generator shall be in accordance with the requirements
stipulated in the Code of Practice.
c)
b)
All staff shall be trained on basic fire-fighting and rescue matters. Safety hoods
shall be equipped and provided for each working occupant in the caverns.
c)
Fire safety report shall be submitted to SCDF. Fire escape plan shall be provided
at the common areas.
7
Appendix 23 - 7
Appendix (24)
Appendix 24
PROVISION OF EXIT SIGNS FOR ROOM
Entrance to every exit on every floor shall be clearly indicated by an exit sign placed
over the exit doors. In long corridors, open floor areas, and all situations where the locations
of the exits may not be readily visible, directional signs shall be provided to serve as guides
from all portions of the corridors or floors.
2.
For rooms, the guidelines for the provisions of exit sign are as follow:
a.
When a room is provided with more than one door, exit signs shall be placed
over the exit access doors serving as means of escape.
b.
When a room is provided with more than one door, exit signs shall be placed
over the exit access doors serving as means of escape.
c.
In a room provided with emergency lighting and where the line of sight to
the exit access door is obstructed, directional sign shall be provided. When
only one exit access door is provided in the room, exit sign is not required at
the door.
d.
In a room provided with emergency lighting, exit sign is not required if there
is only one exit access door.
e.
f.
i.
If the direct distance from the furthest point in the room to the only
exit access door does not exceed 7m, exit sign is not required
ii.
If the direct distance from the furthest point in the room to the only
exit access door exceeds 7m but does not exceed 13m, exit sign shall be
provided over the door. Alternatively, the room can be provided with
emergency lighting.
When the wall of a room without emergency lighting comprises of not less
than 50% glazing and is facing a corridor (with emergency lighting) or
external of a building, exit sign over the only exit access door is not required
if the furthest point in the room to the exit access door does not exceed 13m.
Annex A
Appendix 24 - 1
Appendix 24
a.
When a room is provided with more than one door, exit signs shall be placed
over the exit access doors serving as means of escape
Room
Corridor
Room
Room
"-|
b.
In a room provided with emergency lighting and where the line of sight to the
exit access door is obstructed, directional sign shall be provided. When only
one exit access door is provided in the room, exit sign is not required at the door
_ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __.__
C-:|rri|:I:rr
___4
._.|___
Appendix 24 - 2
Appendix 24
c.
Corridor
Room
Room
d.
If the direct distance from the furthest point in the room to the only exit
access door does not exceed 7m, exit sign is not required
Room without emergency lighting
Corridor
Room
Room
Appendix 24 - 3
Appendix 24
ii.
If the direct distance from the furthest point in the room to the only exit
access door exceeds 7m but does not exceed 13m, exit sign shall be
provided over the door. Alternatively, the room can be provided with
emergency lighting
Room without emergency lighting
Corridor
Room
Room
e.
When the wall of a room without emergency lighting comprises of not less
than 50% glazing and is facing a corridor (with emergency lighting) or external
of a building, exit sign over the only exit access door is not required if the
furthest point in the room to the exit access door does not exceed 13m
Room without
emergency lighting
Room
Room
Appendix 24 - 4